100% found this document useful (1 vote)

260 views358 pages

Database Reference Guide

Uploaded by

Abdullah M. Saleh

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (1 vote)

260 views358 pages

Database Reference Guide

Uploaded by

Abdullah M. Saleh

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 358

ENTERPRISE Database Reference Guide

For Version 9.0

Confidentiality, Copyright Notice & Disclaimer

Due to a policy of continuous product development and refinement, TEOCO Ltd. (and its affiliates,
together TEOCO) reserves the right to alter the specifications, representation, descriptions and all
other matters outlined in this publication without prior notice. No part of this document, taken as a
whole or separately, shall be deemed to be part of any contract for a product or commitment of any
kind. Furthermore, this document is provided As Is and without any warranty.
This document is the property of TEOCO, which owns the sole and full rights including copyright.
TEOCO retains the sole property rights to all information contained in this document, and without
the written consent of TEOCO given by contract or otherwise in writing, the document must not be
copied, reprinted or reproduced in any manner or form, nor transmitted in any form or by any
means: electronic, mechanical, magnetic or otherwise, either wholly or in part.
The information herein is designated highly confidential and is subject to all restrictions in any law
regarding such matters and the relevant confidentiality and non-disclosure clauses or agreements
issued with TEOCO prior to or after the disclosure. All the information in this document is to be
safeguarded and all steps must be taken to prevent it from being disclosed to any person or entity
other than the direct entity that received it directly from TEOCO.
TEOCO is a trademark.
All other company, brand or product names are trademarks or service marks of their respective
holders.
This is a legal notice and may not be removed or altered in any way.
COPYRIGHT 2015 TEOCO LTD.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

Your feedback is important to us: The TEOCO Documentation team takes many measures in
order to ensure that our work is of the highest quality.
If you found errors or feel that information is missing, please send your Documentation-related
feedback to [email protected]
Thank you,
The TEOCO Documentation team

Change History
This table shows the change history of this guide:
Edition

Date

Reason

04 March 2015

First edition.

06 August 2015

Revised edition for Service Pack 2.

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
1

About this Manual ......................................................................................... 15

Overview of Database Table Definitions .......................................................... 15
Primary and Foreign Keys ......................................................................................... 15
About Permissions ..................................................................................................... 15
About Unselected Checkboxes ................................................................................. 15

Database Table Relationships ..................................................................... 17

Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (1) .................................... 17
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (2) .................................... 18
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (3) .................................... 19
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (4) .................................... 20
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (5) .................................... 21
Equipment Database Table Relationships ....................................................... 21
Internal Database Table Relationships ............................................................ 22
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (1) .......................................... 23
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (2) .......................................... 24
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (3) .......................................... 25
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (4) .......................................... 26
Analog Network Database Table Relationships ............................................... 27
Project Database Table Relationships ............................................................. 28
ADVANTAGE Database Table Relationships .................................................. 29
CONNECT Database Table Relationships (1) ................................................. 30
CONNECT Database Table Relationships (2) ................................................. 31

Environment Set-Up Database Tables ........................................................ 33

Table ACTIVEATTRIB ..................................................................................... 40
About the Elementtypekey Parameter ....................................................................... 46

Table ACTIVEELEMENTS ............................................................................... 48

Table ACTIVEFLAGS ...................................................................................... 49
Table ACTIVEOBJECTS ................................................................................. 49
Table ACTIVEPOLYGONS .............................................................................. 50
Table ACTIVEWFS .......................................................................................... 50
Table AICAR.................................................................................................... 51
Table ATTRIBUTETYPES ............................................................................... 51
Table CARLAY ................................................................................................ 51
Table CARLAYAICAR ..................................................................................... 52
Table CELLAY ................................................................................................. 52
5

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table CELLAYCARLAY ................................................................................... 53

Table COORDSYS .......................................................................................... 53
Table COORDSYSDATA ................................................................................. 54
Table COVCLASS ........................................................................................... 54
Table COVSCHEMA ........................................................................................ 54
Table COVTHRESH ........................................................................................ 55
Table CWSOURCETOCELLVECTOR ............................................................. 55
Table ENT_ACTIVELOGON_DATA................................................................. 56
Table ENT_EVENTLOG_DATA ....................................................................... 56
Table ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG.......................................................................... 57
Table ENVTYPE .............................................................................................. 58
Table ENVTYPECLUTTER .............................................................................. 59
Table FILTERS ................................................................................................ 60
Table FLAGASSOCIATIONS ........................................................................... 60
Table FLAGGROUPPERMISSIONS ................................................................ 61
Table FLAGGROUPS ...................................................................................... 61
Table FLAGS ................................................................................................... 61
About Fields ............................................................................................................... 62

Table FLAGVALUES ....................................................................................... 62

Table FREQBAND ........................................................................................... 63
Table FREQCARRIERCONV........................................................................... 63
Table FREQUENCYDIV .................................................................................. 64
Table GRIDCANDIDATES ............................................................................... 64
Table GRIDCONFIG ........................................................................................ 64
Table GRIDCONFIGCELLS ............................................................................. 65
Table GROUPCARRIER.................................................................................. 65
Table HEXAGONGRIDS.................................................................................. 65
Table HSDPARATE ......................................................................................... 66
Table IDENTIFIERS ........................................................................................ 67
Table INTF....................................................................................................... 68
Table INTFWEIGHTS ...................................................................................... 68
Table IS95CARRIER ....................................................................................... 68
Table LOGICALOPS ........................................................................................ 69
Table LTECARRIER ........................................................................................ 70
Table LTECELLID............................................................................................ 74
Table LTECELLIDSCHEMA ............................................................................ 74
Table LTEFRAMES ......................................................................................... 75
Table LTEFREQBANDS .................................................................................. 76
Table WIFICARRIER ....................................................................................... 77
6

Table of Contents

Table LTEMUGLOOKUPOVERRIDE............................................................... 78
Table LTEPREAMMAXCELLRANGE .............................................................. 79
Table LTERACHRSICFG................................................................................. 79
Table LTERSIINDICES .................................................................................... 80
Table LTERSISCHEMA ................................................................................... 81
Table MAPNAMES .......................................................................................... 81
Table MAPVALUES ......................................................................................... 82
Table MIMOGAINLOOKUP ............................................................................. 82
Table NEIGHBOURLIMITS .............................................................................. 83
Table PATTERN .............................................................................................. 84
Table PATTERNGROUP ................................................................................. 84
Table PNINDEXSCHEMA ................................................................................ 85
Table PREDICTIONMODEL ............................................................................ 85
Table RULES................................................................................................... 86
Table RULETYPES ......................................................................................... 86
Table SCHEMAMANAGERS ........................................................................... 87
Table SCRIPTEVENTS ................................................................................... 87
Table SCRIPTSTORAGE ................................................................................ 87
Table SRVCELLBITPRIOR .............................................................................. 88
Table SRVCELLPRIOR ................................................................................... 88
Table TERMTYCELLAY .................................................................................. 89
Table TERMTYCLUTTER ................................................................................ 89
Table TERMTYPE ........................................................................................... 89
Table TERMTYPEPOINT ................................................................................ 96
Table TERMTYPOLYGON .............................................................................. 97
Table TERMTYVECTOR ................................................................................. 97
Table TGBITRATE........................................................................................... 98
Table TGCARRIER........................................................................................ 103
Table TGCARRIERADJ ................................................................................. 104
Table TGCLUTPATHLOSS ........................................................................... 104
Table TGRESTYPE ....................................................................................... 106
Table TGSERVBIT ........................................................................................ 106
Table TGSERVBITCARREINF ...................................................................... 107
Table TGSERVICE ........................................................................................ 108
Table TGSHOG ............................................................................................. 113
Table TGTERMSERV .................................................................................... 113
Table TIMESLOTMAP ................................................................................... 114
Table UMTSCODE ........................................................................................ 114
7

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table UMTSCODESCHEMA ......................................................................... 115

Table VECATTR ............................................................................................ 115
Table VECBOUNDS ...................................................................................... 116
Table VECFILE .............................................................................................. 117
Table WIFICARRIER ..................................................................................... 117
Table WIMAXCARRIER................................................................................. 118
Table WIMAXCARRIERADJ .......................................................................... 118
Table WIMAXMOBCARRIER......................................................................... 119
Table WIMAXMOBCARRIERADJ .................................................................. 120
Table WFSMAPPINGS .................................................................................. 121
Table WFSSERVICES ................................................................................... 122

Equipment Database Tables ...................................................................... 123

Table ANTENNADEVICE .............................................................................. 124
Table ANTENNAPATTERN ........................................................................... 125
Table ANTENNAPORT .................................................................................. 126
Table BCFTYPE ............................................................................................ 127
Table BTS...................................................................................................... 127
Table CABIN.................................................................................................. 128
Table EQUIPSUPPLIER ................................................................................ 129
Table FEEDER .............................................................................................. 130
Table GSMCARATTENUATION .................................................................... 131
Table LOGNODEBTYPE ............................................................................... 131
Table MASTHEADAMP ................................................................................. 133
Table TOWER ............................................................................................... 134
Table VHMASK ............................................................................................. 135

Internal Database Tables ............................................................................ 137

Table CELLEQUIPMENT............................................................................... 138
Table CIBER.................................................................................................. 139
Table CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 139
Table DBCORERFI........................................................................................ 140
Table DBVERSION........................................................................................ 140
Table ............................................................................................................. 140
Table FIELDSTABLE ..................................................................................... 140
Table IDSEQUENCES ................................................................................... 141
Table INTERFWEIGHTS ............................................................................... 141
Table PRIORGROUPS .................................................................................. 141
Table PRIORGROUPUSER .......................................................................... 142

Table of Contents

Table PRIORUSER ....................................................................................... 143

Table PRIORUSERLICCONFIG .................................................................... 145
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEX .......................................................................... 145
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE ................................................................. 146
Table PRIORUSERRIGHTS .......................................................................... 146
Table PRIORUSERTYPE .............................................................................. 146
Table PROJECT ............................................................................................ 147
Table PROJECTREGION .............................................................................. 149
Table REF_COLUMNS .................................................................................. 150
Table SANDBOXGROUP .............................................................................. 150
Table SANDBOXUSER ................................................................................. 151

Logical Network Database Tables ............................................................. 153

Table CARRIEDTRAFFICDETAIL ................................................................. 157
Table CARRIEDTRAFFICTOTAL .................................................................. 158
Table GENERICNBR ..................................................................................... 159
Table GENREPEATER .................................................................................. 160
Table GENREPEATERFEEDER ................................................................... 161
Table LOGATTACHMENT ............................................................................. 163
Table LOGCELL ............................................................................................ 163
Table LOGCONNECTION ............................................................................. 164
Table LOGCONNROUTE .............................................................................. 165
Table LOGCONNRTHOP .............................................................................. 166
Table LOGCONNTRAFFIC ............................................................................ 166
Table LOGIS95ANTENNA ............................................................................. 168
Table LOGIS95BS ......................................................................................... 170
Table LOGIS95BSC ...................................................................................... 171
Table LOGIS95CAR ...................................................................................... 171
Table LOGIS95CLSITE ................................................................................. 172
Table LOGIS95CLUSTER ............................................................................. 172
Table LOGIS95FEEDER ............................................................................... 173
Table LOGIS95MSC ...................................................................................... 174
Table LOGIS95SECCAR ............................................................................... 174
Table LOGIS95SECTOR ............................................................................... 178
Table LOGLTEANTENNA .............................................................................. 179
Table LOGLTECAR ....................................................................................... 181
Table LOGLTECELL ...................................................................................... 182
Table LOGLTECELLCAR .............................................................................. 184
9

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table LOGLTEFEEDER ................................................................................ 188

Table LOGLTENODE .................................................................................... 189
Table LOGMME ............................................................................................. 190
Table LOGNETWORK ................................................................................... 190
Table LOGNODE ........................................................................................... 191
Table LOGNODEB ........................................................................................ 192
Table LOGNODETRAFFIC ............................................................................ 193
Table LOGNODETYPE.................................................................................. 194
Table LOGPLMN ........................................................................................... 195
Table LOGRNC ............................................................................................. 195
Table LOGSAEGW ........................................................................................ 196
Table LOGUMTSANTENNA .......................................................................... 196
Table LOGUMTSCAR ................................................................................... 199
Table LOGUMTSCELL .................................................................................. 199
Table LOGUMTSCELLCAR ........................................................................... 202
Table LOGUMTSFEEDER ............................................................................. 206
Table LOGWIFIANTENNA ............................................................................. 207
Table LOGWIFICAR ...................................................................................... 209
Table LOGWIFICELL ..................................................................................... 210
Table LOGWIFICELLCAR ............................................................................. 210
Table LOGWIFIFEEDER ............................................................................... 211
Table LOGWIFINODE ................................................................................... 211
Table LOGWIMAXANTENNA ........................................................................ 212
Table LOGWIMAXCAR.................................................................................. 215
Table LOGWIMAXCELL ................................................................................ 215
Table LOGWIMAXCELLCAR ......................................................................... 215
Table LOGWIMAXFEEDER ........................................................................... 216
Table LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA ................................................................ 217
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCAR ......................................................................... 220
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELL ........................................................................ 221
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELLCAR ................................................................. 221
Table LOGWIMAXMOBFEEDER ................................................................... 222
Table LOGWIMAXMOBNODE ....................................................................... 224
Table LOGWIMAXNODE ............................................................................... 224
Table PHYANTENNA .................................................................................... 225
Table PHYANTENNAPORT .......................................................................... 227
Table SIMTRAF ............................................................................................. 228
Table SITEADDRESS ................................................................................... 229
Table SITEADDRESS_GEOM ....................................................................... 231
10

Table of Contents

Analog Network Database Tables.............................................................. 233

Table ANTENNA............................................................................................ 234
Table BCF ..................................................................................................... 236
Table BSC ..................................................................................................... 237
Table BSICSCHEMA ..................................................................................... 238
Table CARLAYDATA ..................................................................................... 239
Table CELLAYDATA ..................................................................................... 239
Table CELLEXCEPT ..................................................................................... 242
Table CELLSITES ......................................................................................... 243
Table CLDANTENNA .................................................................................... 244
Table DISTRIBUTION ................................................................................... 245
Table GSMCELL............................................................................................ 245
Table MSC..................................................................................................... 247
Table REPEATER ......................................................................................... 248
Table REPEATERCELL................................................................................. 249

Project Database Tables ............................................................................. 251

Table CARRIERS .......................................................................................... 252
About States in the CARRIERS Table ..................................................................... 253

Table CIXLAT ................................................................................................ 253

Table COMPOUNDARRAYEXP .................................................................... 254
Table COMPOUNDARRAYTERM ................................................................. 255
Table CONTACTPERSON ............................................................................ 256
Table FAXNUMBER ...................................................................................... 256
Table FOLDERS ............................................................................................ 257
Table GRAPH ................................................................................................ 257
Table GRAPHLIST ........................................................................................ 258
Table HDRDLKPARAMS ............................................................................... 258
Table PHONENUMBER................................................................................. 259
Table TERMMOBSPEED .............................................................................. 260
Table VECPROJECT ..................................................................................... 260

ADVANTAGE Database Tables .................................................................. 261

Table ACTIONCOMBINATIONS .................................................................... 263
Table ADVGLOBDESTGT ............................................................................. 264
Table ADVPROBCELLWGT .......................................................................... 264
Table BANDPARAMETERS .......................................................................... 265
Table BANDTARGETS .................................................................................. 266
11

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table CELLMOD ........................................................................................... 269

Table CLUTTHRES ....................................................................................... 269
Table CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE ................................................................... 270
Table COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS............................................................... 271
Table COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS ................................................................ 271
Table DBVERSION........................................................................................ 272
Table DELTAPLAN ........................................................................................ 272
Table DESIGNTARGET................................................................................. 273
Table DESIGNTARGETATOM ...................................................................... 274
Table DESIGNTARGETCOMP ...................................................................... 275
Table DESIGNTARGETGROUP.................................................................... 275
Table MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS .............................................................. 276
Table OPTIMISATIONDETAILS .................................................................... 277
Table OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT ................................................................ 277
Table OPTIONS............................................................................................. 278
Table PEDATAINDEX ................................................................................... 279
Table PLAN ................................................................................................... 279
Table PLANAVAILABILITY ............................................................................ 280
Table PLANREJECTIONOPTNS ................................................................... 281
Table PLANTEMPLATEASSOCIATION ........................................................ 282
Table PLANVECTOR .................................................................................... 282
Table PROBAREAID ..................................................................................... 283
Table PROBCELLID ...................................................................................... 284
Table STATISTIC .......................................................................................... 285
Table STATISTICMC ..................................................................................... 286
Table VECTORPARAMETERS ..................................................................... 287

CONNECT Database Tables ....................................................................... 289

Table AMCRECEIVERTHRESHOLD ............................................................. 292
Table AMCTRANSMITPOWER ..................................................................... 292
Table BACKTOBACKANTENNA ................................................................... 293
Table BAND................................................................................................... 294
Table CARRIERAMCTHRESHOLD ............................................................... 294
Table CARRIERFEED ................................................................................... 295
Table CHANNEL............................................................................................ 296
Table CIOBJ .................................................................................................. 297
Table CIOBJENTRY ...................................................................................... 298
Table LINK..................................................................................................... 299
Table LINKAMCTHRESHOLD ....................................................................... 306

Table of Contents

Table LINKATTACH ...................................................................................... 307

Table LINKENDANTENNA ............................................................................ 307
Table LINKENDFEED .................................................................................... 308
Table LINKLOSVALUES................................................................................ 309
Table LINKTERMEQUIP................................................................................ 309
Table LINKTYPE ........................................................................................... 310
Table LINKUDH ............................................................................................. 311
Table LINKUDPROF ...................................................................................... 312
Table MODULATIONTYPE ............................................................................ 312
Table MWANTENNATYPE ............................................................................ 313
Table PMPCARRIER ..................................................................................... 315
Table PMPHUB ............................................................................................. 321
Table PMPHUBLINKEND .............................................................................. 322
Table PMPSECTOR ...................................................................................... 323
Table PRLINKEND ........................................................................................ 324
Table PRLLINK .............................................................................................. 325
Table PRLREF .............................................................................................. 326
Table PTPLINKEND ...................................................................................... 326
Table RADIOAMCTHRESHOLD .................................................................... 332
Table RADIOEQUIP ...................................................................................... 334
Table RADIOMASK ....................................................................................... 338
Table REFLECTOR ....................................................................................... 339
Table SECTORANTENNA ............................................................................. 340
Table SHAREDLINKTEMPRANGE ............................................................... 341
Table SPLITTER............................................................................................ 341
Table SPURLINK ........................................................................................... 342
Table SPURREF............................................................................................ 342
Table USERLINKTEMPRANGE .................................................................... 343

About Difference Tables ............................................................................. 345

Permissions in Difference Tables ................................................................... 345

Database Changes Between ENTERPRISE Versions 8.1 and 9.0 ........... 347
Columns Dropped .......................................................................................... 347
About the Database Tables Modified for Version 9.0 ..................................... 348

Index............................................................................................................. 357

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

About this Manual

1 About this Manual

This manual describes the database tables in the ENTERPRISE database for version 9.0.

Overview of Database Table Definitions

The tables in the core database are divided into two distinct groups:

The master tables which store data available to all users

The difference tables which store information relating to user-specific changes

This chapter gives reference information on the separate database tables available in the core
database.

Primary and Foreign Keys

The primary key is a column, or set of columns, whose values uniquely identify every row in a
table.
A foreign key is one or more columns within a table whose values are based on those of the
primary key from another table. The foreign key relates the information from another table (the
foreign table) to information in the current (referenced or primary) table.
If a foreign key is allowed to have a NULL value, it is said to be optional.
A foreign key that is not optional is called mandatory. Most foreign and primary keys are
mandatory.
Note: Projectno is always part of the foreign key, so is not indicated as such throughout the
database tables.

About Permissions
Tables in the database for BSCs, MSCs, distribution nodes, Properties, repeaters and cell sites
have a Permission field. This contains a three digit code that grants the write permission to the
relational database as follows:

The first digit of the code is specific to the user

The second digit relates to that user's default group

The third digit relates to all available users in that project

Each digit can be either 0, for permission withheld, or 2 for permission granted.
The Visibility field works in the same way for read permission.
You set user permissions in Administrator, either when you first create a user or by changing the
properties of an existing user. For information on how to do this, see the Installation and
Administration Guide.

About Unselected Checkboxes

A value of -1 for a column represents a checkbox in the ASSET user interface that has not been
selected.
15

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Database Table Relationships

2 Database Table Relationships

This chapter shows the relationships between tables in the ENTERPRISE database, illustrated by
the following diagrams.
The direction of the arrows indicates the way the tables are referenced.

Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (1)

This diagram shows relationships between the environment set-up database tables.

Environment Set-up Database Tables

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (2)

This diagram shows relationships between the environment set-up database tables.

Environment Set-up Database Tables

Database Table Relationships

Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (3)

This diagram shows relationships between the environment set-up database tables.

Environment Set-up Database Tables

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (4)

This diagram shows relationships between the environment set-up database tables.

Environment Set-up Database Tables

Database Table Relationships

Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (5)

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

CONNECT Database Table Relationships (1)

This diagram shows relationships between the CONNECT database tables.

CONNECT Database Tables

Database Table Relationships

CONNECT Database Table Relationships (2)

This diagram shows relationships between the CONNECT database tables.

CONNECT Database Tables

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

3 Environment Set-Up Database Tables

The following table describes the environment set-up database tables:
This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

Diff
Table?

ACTIVEATTRIB

The active attributes used

in user-defined filters

activeattributekey

FK1 - filterkey

YES

FK2 - rulekey

pickedobjectkey
projectno
ACTIVEELEMENTS

The active elements used

in user-defined filters

elementtypekey

FK1 - filterkey

YES

FK2 - rulekey

filterkey
projectno
rulekey
ACTIVEFLAGS

The active fields used in

user-defined filters

filterkey

FK1 - Filterkey

flaggroupkey

FK2 flaggroupkey

flagkey
projectno

YES

FK3 - rulekey

rulekey
ACTIVEOBJECTS

The active objects used in

user-defined filters

elementtypekey

FK1 - filterkey

YES

featid

FK1 - filterkey

YES

filterkey

FK2 - rulekey

filterkey
objectkey
projectno
ACTIVEPOLYGONS

The active polygons used

in user-defined filters

guidfield
polygonkey
projectno
rulekey
ACTIVEWFS

Web Feature Services

filters

projectno

FK1 - filterkey

rulefk

FK2 - rulekey

The available carriers

defined in the Carrier
Layers dialog box

carriernumber

ATTRIBUTETYPES

The attribute types used in

user-defined filters

attributetypekey

CARLAY

The carrier layers defined

in the Carrier Layers
dialog box

carlaykey

The carriers associated

with each carrier layer
defined in the Carrier
Layers dialog box

carlaykey

AICAR

CARLAYAICAR

YES

projectno

carriernumber

NO
FK1 freqbandkey

YES

FK1 carriernumber

YES

projectno
33

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

CELLAY

The cell layers defined in

the Cell Layers dialog box

cellaykey

The relationship between

the carrier layers and cell
layers

carlaykey

FK1 - carlaykey

cellaykey

FK2 - cellaykey

CELLAYCARLAY

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

Diff
Table?
YES

projectno
YES

projectno
COORDSYS

The datums, groups, units

and co-ordinate systems
used in the map
projections

COORDSYSDATA

The BLOB record,

containing the entire coordinate system file

COVCLASS

The coverage classes

defined in the Cell Layer
dialog box. These apply
globally to the system,
and store the name and
color of each of the
classes

covclasskey

The user and system

coverage schemas
created

covshemakey

The thresholds for each

coverage class. There are
arranged on each cell
layer for different achieved
coverages

covthreshkey

CWSOURCETOCELLV
ECTOR

Associations between
pathloss correction files
and cell vectors

cwvectorpk

ENT_ACTIVELOGOND
ATA

The active connections to

the database

sessionid

ENT_EVENTLOG_DAT
A

Events in projects

ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG

Errors/exception that are

logged

ENVTYPE

Environment type
parameters associated
with the Model
Assignment Calculator

envtypepk

Environment type clutter

parameters associated
with the Model
Assignment Calculator

envtypeclutter
pk

The names, types and

attributes of filters defined
in projects

filterkey

The field groups available

for different element types

elementtypekey

FK1 flaggroupkey

flaggroupkey

FK2 elementtypekey

COVSCHEMA

COVTHRESH

ENVTYPECLUTTER

FILTERS

FLAGASSOCIATIONS

projectno

projectno
NO

projectno

YES

projectno
NO

usrkey

idname
projectno
NO

YES

flaggroupkey

FK2 flaggroupkey +
flagkey

flagkey
projectno

FLAGVALUES

The field settings of each

object

objectkey
projectno
FREQBAND

FREQCARRIERCONV

FREQUENCYDIV

GRIDCANDIDATES

The frequency bands

used in the project.

freqbandkey

The conversion formulas

used to extract the uplink
and downlink frequencies
from the appropriate
ARFCNs. A frequency
band can use different
conversion formulas for
different ranges of carriers

freqbandkey

The frequency diversity

hopping gain values

freqhopcars

The candidate details for

Properties

addressfk

projectno

freqconversionkey

FK1 freqbandkey

projectno

projectno
FK1 - addressfk

YES

candidatepk
projectno

GRIDCONFIG

GRIDCONFIGCELLS

The grid settings,

including the
measurement units

configpk

The grid settings for the

cells

configcellpk

YES

projectno
FK1 - configfk

YES

configfk
projectno

GROUPCARRIER

HEXAGONGRIDS

HSDPARATE

The carriers associated

with a frequency reuse
group in a particular
pattern, defined in the
Group dialog box

carriernumber

The available hexagon

radii defined in the
Hexagon Radii dialog box

gridkey

HSDPA coding rates

hsdparatekey

YES

groupkey
projectno
YES

projectno
NO

projectno
IDENTIFIERS

The identifiers defined in

the Identifier Options
dialog box

identifier_fk

projectno

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

INTF

Not used

intfkey

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

Diff
Table?
NO

projectno
INTFWEIGHTS

Not used

intfkey

intflevel
projectno
IS95CARRIER

IS95 carriers

is95carpk

YES

projectno
LOGICALOPS

LTECARRIER

The logical operators used

in the user-defined filters

logicalopkey

LTE carriers

carrierkey

FK1 - filterkey

YES

FK1 freq_band_fk

YES

projectno

FK2 frame_struct_fk
LTECELLID

LTE cell identities

cellidkey_pk
projectno

LTECELLIDSCHEMA

LTEFRAMES

LTE cell details and

schema setting

projectno

LTE frame details

frame_pk

FK1 schemakey_fk

schemakey_pk
YES

projectno
LTEFREQBANDS

LTE frequency band

details

freqbandpk

LTE Multi-User Gain

lookup table values

lookuppk

LTE Multi-User Gain

lookup table override
setting

lookupoverridep
k

LTEPREAMMAXCELLR
ANGE

LTE Max Cell Range

lookup table Preamble
settings

lookuppk

LTERACHRSICFG

LTE Random Access

Channel/ Route Sequence
Index configuration.

projectno

Random Access Channel

Route Sequence Index
LTE cell identities.

projectno

Random Access Channel

Route Sequence Index
LTE cell details and
schema setting.

projectno

Channel to transceiver
maps defined in the
Channel Maps dialog box

mapkey

The way in which

channels are organised on
the carriers in the Channel
Maps dialog box

projectno

LTEMUGLOOKUP

LTEMUGLOOKUPOVE
RRIDE

LTERSIINDICES

LTERSISCHEMA

MAPNAMES

MAPVALUES

YES

projectno
YES

projectno
NO

rach_rsi_pk

cellidkey_pk

FK1 schemakey_fk

schemakey_pk

projectno
FK1 - mapkey

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

MIMOGAINLOOKUP

MIMO details

mimolookuppk

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

Diff
Table?
NO

projectno
NEIGHBOURLIMITS

PATTERN

PATTERNGROUP

PNINDEXSCHEMA

The maximum number of

neighbours allowed on
different cell and node
types

limit_pk

The frequency reuse

structure, defined in the
Groups dialog box

patternkey

The allocation of carriers

to the various frequency
groups in a particular
pattern, defined in the
Groups dialog box

groupkey

PN code index numbers

idname

projectno

patternkey

FK1 carrierlayerkey

YES

FK1 patternkey

YES

projectno
NO

pnindex
schemapk
projectno
PREDICTIONMODEL

RULES

The prediction models and

their settings created in
each project

modelkey

YES

The rules used in userdefined filters

projectno

FK1 - filterkey

rulekey

FK2 logicalopkey

projectno
YES

FK3 ruletypekey
RULETYPES

The rule types used in

user-defined filters

ruletypekey

SCHEMAMANAGERS

The schema managers

classid

SCRIPTEVENTS

The events stored in

database scripts

lognodetypekey

FK1 lognodetypekey

projectno

FK2 - scriptkey

scriptkey
SCRIPTSTORAGE

The database scripts

scriptkey

SRVCELLBITPRIOR

The priority order for

bearers allocated to a cell
layer

bitratekey

FK1 -bitratekey

cellaykey

FK2 -cellaykey

projectno

FK3 -servicekey

YES

servicekey
SRVCELLPRIOR

The priority order for cell

layers allocated to a
service

cellaykey

FK1 -cellaykey

projectno

FK2 -servicekey

YES

servicekey
TERMTYCELLAY

TERMTYCLUTTER

The relationship between

the cell layers and
terminal types, defined in
the Terminal Types dialog
box

cellaykey

The amount of traffic and

weightings for the clutter
classes defined in the
Terminal Types dialog box

code

projectno
termtypekey

projectno

FK1 termtypekey

YES

FK2 - cellaykey

FK1 termtypekey

YES

termtypekey
37

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

TERMTYPE

The available terminal

types

projectno

The amount of traffic

spread in the projects'
polygons. The traffic can
be spread by using a
weighting value or an
Erlang value

projectno

TERMTYPEPOINT

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

Diff
Table?
YES

termtypekey

FK1 termtypekey

YES

FK1 termtypekey

YES

FK1 termtypekey

YES

clutter

code

key
projectno

TGRESTYPE

TGSERVBIT

3g resources that can be

used in the 3g simulator

projectno

The relationship between

3g bitrates and services

bitratekey

YES

resourcekey
YES

projectno
servicekey

TGSERVBITCARREINF

LTE services

bitratekey

YES

carrierkey
projectno
servicekey
TGSERVICE

3g services

projectno

YES

servicekey
TGSHOG

3g soft handover gains

projectno
shogkey

YES

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

TGTERMSERV

The relationship between

3g terminal types and
services

projectno

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

Diff
Table?
YES

servicekey
termtypekey

TIMESLOTMAP

UMTSCODE

The timeslot maps defined

for links in the Link
Database

projectno

UMTS scrambling codes

code

timeslotmapkey
YES

codegroup
key
projectno
schemakey
UMTSCODESCHEMA

VECATTR

UMTS scrambling code

schema

key

Vector attributes and

segments

attrid

YES

projectno
NO

segid
vecid

VECBOUNDS

The vectors in the project.

vecid

VECFILE

The location of the vector

file

filename

Wi-Fi carriers

carrierkey

WIFICARRIER

vecid
YES

projectno
WIMAXCARRIER

Fixed WiMAX carriers

carrierkey

YES

projectno
WIMAXCARRIERADJ

Fixed WiMAX carrier

adjacencies

projectno
rowindex

FK1 wimaxcarrierfk

YES

FK1 - carrierno

YES

FK1 wimaxmobcarrie
rfk

YES

wimaxcarrierfk
WIMAXMOBCARRIER

Mobile WiMAX carriers

carrierno
projectno

WIMAXMOBCARRIER
ADJ

Mobile WiMAX carrier

adjacencies

projectno

WFSMAPPINGS

Web Feature Service

mappings

projectno

Web Feature Services

idname

WFSSERVICES

rowindex

wfsmappingpk
NO

wfsservicepk
projectno

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table ACTIVEATTRIB
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

activeattributekey

integer

Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each active

attribute in the database.

attributenum

integer

Not null

Indicates the type of active attribute. A unique number

will be stored for each parameter in the Site Database.
See table below.

bool

integer

Indicates whether the active attribute is Boolean (1) or

not (0).

carlayerid

varchar2(128)

Identifies the carrier layer.

cellayerid

varchar2(128)

Identifies the cell layer.

elementtypekey

integer

Stores a unique number for each element type in the

database.

filterkey

integer

Not null

Stores a unique number for each filter in the database.

modifyuser

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

numberA

float

If the active attribute is a number (or a range), this field

is the number 1 on the Rules Definition page of the
Filter Wizard.

numberB

float

string

varchar2(255)

If the active attribute is a string, contains the string

value.

Foreign keys:

FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table

FK2 (projectno + rulekey) references the RULES table

This table shows the meanings of the possible values of the attributenum parameter:
Number Attribute

GSM ID

MCC

Assigned Cell Layer

NCC

BCC

Allocated Carriers

Forbidden Carriers

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Number Attribute
52

Fixed Carriers

Allocated Traffic Carriers

Allocated Control Carriers

Forbidden Traffic Carriers

Forbidden Control Characters

Fixed Traffic Carriers

Fixed Control Carriers

MNC

BSIC

CGI

Cell Equipment

Equipment Correction Factor (db)

Enable DTX

Voice Activation Factor

Enable Antenna Hopping

Enable AMR

NSEI

City Type

Maximum Back Cell Radius

100

Maximum Front Cell Radius

102

Co-Channel Carriers

103

Adjacent Channel Carriers

201

202

Address 1 (Property), 1st Name (MSC), Cell Name (GSM Cell)

203

Address 2 (Property), 2nd Name (MSC)

204

Comments

205

Contact Person

206

Antenna Type

207

Feeder Type

208

NCC

209

Mechanical Downtilt

210

Azimuth

211

Height

212

Antenna Corr. Factor (db)

213

LAC

217

Carrier

218

MHA Type

220

Relative Antenna location (East) (m)

222

Relative Antenna location (North) (m)

224

1st Order NBR

225

2nd Order NBR

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Number Attribute

230

Mast

231

Cabin

233

Mast Structure Height (m)

250

Owner

251

Group

252

Owner Writable

253

Group Writable

254

All Writable

255

Last Modified User

263

Forbidden Azimuth Range Enabled

264

Clockwise Bearing Angle

265

Anti-Clockwise Bearing Angle

266

Antenna Device Fixed

267

Antenna Pattern Fixed

268

Mechanical Downtilt Fixed

269

Azimuth Fixed

270

Height Fixed

271

Constrain Max Main Lobe Tilt

272

Max Main Lobe Tilt

273

Fixed Site DB Sector Configuration

275

Primary Prediction Radius (m)

277

Primary Prediction Resolution (m)

280

Secondary Prediction Radius (m)

282

Secondary Prediction Resolution (m)

287

Relative Antenna Distance (m)

290

BSIC Schema

403

Property Code

405

DTM(m)

406

Actual DTM(m)

408

Town

409

Province

410

Post Code

411

Search Radius(m)

412

Use Actual DTM checked

416

Link High/Low Conflict

418

Location - East (m)

420

Location - North (m)

422

Building Height (m)

424

Override MTTR

425

MTTR

426

Available Height (m)

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Number Attribute
429

Antenna heights to Use (m)

431

Constrain Antenna Heights to Use

432

Height Variation Allowed

433

Antenna Co-Location Enabled

434

Same Height Antennas Min Azimuth Diff

435

Constrain Same Height Antennas Min Azimuth Diff

436

Max Mast Height (m)

438

Optimization Status

439

Location Fixed

440

Site Always Active

601

Hexagon Radius (m)

605

Site Equipment

606

Site Equipment Fixed

1202

RAC

1402

Number of Channels

1590

Antenna RX Diversity

1591

Antenna TX Diversity

1602

Sector Carrier Noise Rise Limit (dB)

1603

Sector Short PN Code Offset

1604

Max PA Power (dBm)

1605

Rated PA Power (dBm)

1606

Min Fundamental Channel Power (dBm)

1607

Max Fundamental Channel Power (dBm)

1608

Power Control Step Size (dB)

1612

Sector Carrier Pilot Power (dBm)

1613

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 153kb (db)

1614

Sector Carrier Number of Paging Channels

1615

Sector Carrier Paging Channel Power (dBm)

1616

Sector Carrier Sync Channel Power (dBm)

1618

Sector Carrier Receiver Noise Figure (dB)

1619

Sector Carrier Excess Noise (dBm)

1620

Sector Carrier DL Radio Configuration

1621

Sector Carrier Active Set Size

1622

Sector Carrier T-Drop (dBm)

1623

Sector Carrier TX Combiner Loss (dB)

1624

Sector Carrier RX Splitter Loss (dB)

1628

Sector Carrier Max Primary Channels

1629

Sector Carrier Static Analysis Achieved DL Traffic Power (dBm)

1631

Sector Carrier Min Supplemental Channel Power (dBm)

1632

Sector Carrier Max Supplemental Channel Power (dBm)

1635

Sector Number of Channels

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Number Attribute

1637

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Max DPCH Power (dBm)

1638

Sector Carrier Broadcast Control Channel Power (dBm)

1639

Sector Carrier Quick Paging Channel Power (dBm)

1640

Sector Carrier Common Power Control Channel Power (dBm)

1641

Sector Carrier Common Assignment Channel Power (dBm)

1642

Sector Carrier Common Control Channel Power (dBm)

1650

Sector Carrier Dedicated Control Channel Power (dBm)

1651

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset Nom (db)

1652

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 9k6 (db)

1653

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 19k2 (db)

1654

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 38k4 (db)

1655

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 76k8 (db)

1656

Sector Carrier Paging Channel Data Rate (bps)

1657

Sector Carrier Number of Channels

1658

Sector Carrier Max Handoff Channels

1659

Sector Carrier Static Analysis Achieved Noise Rise (dBm)

1660

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Scrambling Code

1661

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Scrambling Code Group

1662

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Code ID

1663

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Min DPCH Power (dBm)

1664

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Code Orthogonality Factor

1665

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Joint Detection Orthogonality Factor

1666

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA SP Configuration

1680

Sector Carrier MAC Indexes

1801

Main Freq Band

1802

Div Freq Band

1803

Main Freq Channel

1804

Div Freq Channel

1805

Main Channel High Freq (MHZ)

1806

Div Channel High Freq (MHZ)

1807

Main Channel Low Freq (MHZ)

1808

Div Channel Low Freq (MHZ)

1809

Main Antenna Type

1810

Div Antenna Type

1811

Main Antenna Diameter

1813

Div Antenna Diameter

1817

Main Antenna Operating Freq (MHZ)

1818

Div Antenna Operating Freq (MHZ)

1819

Main Polarisation

1820

Div Polarisation

1821

Main Radio Type

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Number Attribute
1822

Div Radio Type

1823

Main Radio TX Power (dBm)

1824

Div Radio TX Power (dBm)

1825

Main Centre Freq (MHZ)

1826

Div Centre Freq (MHZ)

1827

Main Freq Designation

1828

Div Freq Designation

1830

Link Terminal Equipment Name

1831

Cumulative Interference

1832

Show Interferers

1833

Primary BTS Routes

1834

Secondary BTS Routes

1843

Link Length (Km)

1835

Link Type

1836

LOS Status

1837

Capacity Allocation

1838

Rainfall Region (ITU-R)

1839

Propagation Prediction Calculation Method

1840

Capacity Type

1841

Rainfall Region (Crane)

1842

Rainfall Calculation Method

2001

RX Antenna Type

2002

RX Feeder Type

2003

RX Propagation Model

2004

RX MHA Type

2006

RX MHA Gain

2007

RX Prediction Radius (Km)

2009

RX Feeder Length (m)

2011

RX Antenna Height (m)

2013

RX Azimuth

2014

RX Mechanical Down Tilt

2015

RX Antenna Corr. Factor (dB)

2016

RX Antenna RX Diversity

2017

RX Antenna TX Diversity

2019

TX Antenna Type

2020

TX Feeder Type

2021

TX Primary Prediction Model

2022

TX Secondary Prediction Model

2023

TX MHA Type

2024

TX MHA Gain

2027

TX Feeder Length (m)

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Number Attribute
2029

TX Antenna Height (m)

2031

TX Azimuth

2032

TX Mechanical Down Tilt

2033

TX Antenna Corr Factor (db)

2034

TX Antenna RX Diversity

2035

TX Antenna TX Diversity

2040

Uplink Gain (dB)

2041

Uplink Noise Rise (dB)

2042

Downlink Gain (dB)

2401

Shared Antenna ID

2402

Is Shared Antenna ID

About the Elementtypekey Parameter

A number of database tables include the elementtypekey parameter. This table shows what values
the parameter can have and what network elements those values represent:

This
Value

Represents

GLOBAL

ALL

LOCATION PROPERTY

LOCATION MOUNTINGPOINT

510

TRANSMISSION LINK

511

TRANSMISSION LINK PTP

512

TRANSMISSION LINK PMP

514

TRANSMISSION LINK BACKTOBACK

515

TRANSMISSION LINK REFLECTOR

521

POINT TO POINT LINKEND

550

TRANSMISSION NODE

551

TRANSMISSION NODE PMP HUB

552

POINT TO MULTI POINT SECTOR

559

TRANSMISSION MULTI RADIO LINK

561

TRANSMISSION DUAL POLAR LINK

1100

LOGICAL NETWORK

1101

LOGICAL PLMN

1200

NODE

1209

PREDICTABLE NODE

1210

CELLULAR NODE

1211

WMSC

1212

SGSN

1213

RNC

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

This
Value

Represents

1214

NODEB

1215

WBSC

1216

BTS

1217

AMPS BTS

1218

CDMA MSC

1219

CDMA BSC

1220

CDMA BS

1222

UMTS REPEATER

1223

CDMA REPEATER

1300

CONNECTION

1301

CELLULAR CONNECTION

1330

CONNECTION ROUTE

1331

CONNECTION ROUTE HOP

1350

TRAFFIC

1351

NODE TRAFFIC

1352

CONNECTION TRAFFIC

1354

SIMULATOR TRAFFIC

2002

CELL BASE

2301

UMTS NODEB CARRIER

2302

UMTS CELL

2501

CDMA BS CARRIER

2502

CDMA BS SECTOR

2503

CDMA SECTOR CARRIER

2505

HDR DOWNLINK PARAMS

2510

CDMA CLUSTER

2511

CDMA SITE CLUSTER

2513

CDMA CARRIER

2601

GENERIC NBR

3000

EQUIPMENT TYPE

3210

ANTENNA BASE

3300

UMTS NODEB ANTENNA

3301

UMTS CELL FEEDER

3320

CDMA BS ANTENNA

3321

CDMA SECTOR FEEDER

5100

PROPERTY

5101

INTERCON

5102

MSC

5103

BSC

5104

DISTRIBUTION NODE

5105

CELLSITE
47

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Value

Represents

5106

AMPS CELL

5107

GSM CELL

5108

REPEATER

5109

NOMINAL PROPERTY

5110

CANDIDATE PROPERTY

5111

PREFERRED PROPERTY

5112

REGION

5113

ZONE

5114

ATTACHMENT

5116

SUB CELL

5125

3G CARRIER

11002

ENODEB

11003

LTE NODE CARRIER

11004

LTE NODE ANTENNA

11005

LTE CELL

11006

LTE CELL CARRIER

11007

LTE CELL FEEDER

11008

LTE REPEATER

Table ACTIVEELEMENTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

elementtypekey

integer

Not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each element

type in a database.

filterkey

integer

Not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each filter in

the database.

modifyuser

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

integer

Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

rulekey

integer

Not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each rule in

the database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table

FK2 (projectno + rulekey) references the RULES table

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table ACTIVEFLAGS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

filterkey

integer

Not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each filter in

the database.

flaggroupkey

integer

Not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each field

group in the database.

flagkey

integer

Not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each field in

the database.

modifyuser

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

number1

float

Contains the minimum field value.

number2

float

Contains the maximum field value.

projectno

integer

Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

rulekey

integer

Not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each rule in

the database.

string

varchar2 (32)

If the active field is a string, stores the string value.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table

FK2 (projectno + flaggroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table

FK3 (projectno + rulekey) references the RULES table

Table ACTIVEOBJECTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

elementtypekey

integer

not null

Primary key that stores a unique number for each

element type in the database.

filterkey

integer

not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each filter in

the database.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

objectkey

integer

not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each object

defined in the database.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table ACTIVEPOLYGONS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

in a database.

rulekey

integer

not null

Primary key that stores a number for each rule in the

database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table

FK2 (projectno + rulekey) references the RULES table

Table ACTIVEWFS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

attribtype

integer

not null

Identifies the filter rule attribute type defined in the

ENTERPRISE filter wizard.

description

varchar2(1024)

filterfk

integer

not null

rulefk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a number for each rule in the

database.

wfsattrib

varchar2(32)

not null

Stores the WFS attribute name.

wfsfeature

varchar2(32)

not null

Stores the WFS feature name.

wfsruletype

integer

not null

Identifies the WFS rule type.

wfsservicefk

integer

not null

Foreign key referencing the WFSSERVICES table.

Stores a description of the WFS filter defined in the

ENTERPRISE filter wizard.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + filterfk) references the FILTERS table

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

FK2 (projectno + rulefk) references the RULES table

Table AICAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

carriernumber

number

not null

Primary key that stores the Absolute Radio Frequency

Channel Number (ARFCN) available to the project.

projectno

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table ATTRIBUTETYPES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

attributetypekey

integer

not null

Primary key used to identify attribute types in the

database.

attributetypeid

varchar2(32)

not null

Identifies the attribute type.

Table CARLAY
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

abbreviation

varchar2(128)

carlaykey

integer

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier

layer in the Carriers dialog box.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Three digit code that provides the write permissions for
the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

type

integer

Indicates the state of the carrier layer data - either traffic

layer (0), control layer (1) or MA list (2).

usereusepattern

integer

Indicates whether to reuse a pattern (1) or not (0).

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + freqbandkey) references the FREQBAND table

Table CARLAYAICAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

carlaykey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier

layer in the Carriers dialog box.

carriernumber

integer

not null

Primary key, storing the carrier numbers allocated to

each carrier layer created.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + carriernumber) references the AICAR table

Table CELLAY
This table shows the column list:

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

Lists the names of all cell layers.

iweight

integer

Defaults to the projectno.

meanci

float

Stores the mean C/I value.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell layer

in the database.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

modifyuser

integer

not null

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

priority

integer

Describes the order in which traffic should be serviced

by the cell layers, with 1 being the highest priority.

projectno

integer

superlayer

integer

Indicates whether the cell layer is a superlayer (1) or not

(0).

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table CELLAYCARLAY
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carlaykey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier

layer in the Carriers dialog box.

cellaykey

integer

not null

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table COORDSYSDATA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

filename

varchar2(256)

The coordinate system in use.

filedata

blob

The BLOB record contains the entire co-ordinate system

database file, and is used by the co-ordinate conversion
algorithms in the software.

Table COVCLASS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

color

integer

Constraint Description
Associates a palette color with each coverage class
defined in the Cell Layers dialog box.
The number refers to the color's palette position.

covclasskey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

coverage class in the Cell Layers dialog box.

covschemakey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number for each coverage schema in a

project.

dataset

integer

modifyuser

integer

name

varchar2(128)

projectno

integer

NOT USED.
not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Stores the name of each coverage class defined in the
Cell Layers dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table COVSCHEMA
This table shows the column list:

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

covschemakey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

coverage schema in a project.

createuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

idname

varchar2(128)

projectno

integer

Stores the name of each coverage schema.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

schematype

integer

not null

Indicates the Schema Type (System=0, User=-1)

selected in the Schema Type panel of the Coverage
Schema dialog box accessed using the GSM Coverage
Schemas option from the Configuration menu.

Constraint

Description

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

coverage threshold in the database.
NOT USED.

Stores all threshold values (in dBm)

Table CWSOURCETOCELLVECTOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cwvectorpk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

measurement file/cell vector association.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

parentkey

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the associated cell.

parentobjecttype

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the type of parent object.

pathlosscorrection

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating whether pathloss

correction is in use (1) or not (0).

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

vectorguid

varchar2(40)

not null

Stores a number representing a unique identifier.

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table ENT_ACTIVELOGON_DATA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

authtype

varchar2(32)

Indicates whether the user is externally authenticated or

password authenticated when connecting to the
database.

childusrkey

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the user with the

particular user that they are impersonating.

datetime

date

not null

The date and time the user is connected to the database

for the current project.

hostname

varchar2(255)

not null

The host name for the connected client.

ip_address

varchar2(32)

isdba

varchar2(32)

locked

number(1)

Indicates whether the user has locked the project to

prevent other users (1) or not (0).

modetype

varchar2(50)

Stores a temporary representation of usrkey.

os_user

varchar2(255)

The OS username of the user.

pid

number(38)

processname

varchar2(256)

Stores the name of the process.

projectno

number(38)

Stores the number of the project to which the user is

connected.

number(1)

rw_allprojects

number(1)

sessionid

varchar2(32)

sharedno

number(38)

starttime

date

not null

The start time when the user connected to the database.

userid

varchar2(32)

not null

The identifier of the user connected to the database.

usrkey

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

eventpk

varchar2(20)

not null

Stores a unique number for each event in a database.

eventtime

date

The date and time the event occurred.

eventtype

number(38)

Stores the type of event that occurred - a commit (0), a

refresh (1) or a deletion (2).

impusrkey

number(38)

Stores a unique number for each user impersonating a

sandbox user in the database.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

object2fk

number(38)

Secondary number associated with an additional

referenced object.

objectfk

number(38)

impersonated in the database.

Table ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

exinfo

varchar2(2000)

Stores a description of the error.

extime

date

The time and date when the error/exception

occurred.

extype

integer

Indicates the type of error.

funcdata

xmltype

Additional information on the package that raised

the exception.

funcparams

varchar2(2000)

Parameter details of the call to the function that

caused the error.

oracode

integer

The Oracle ORA error code.

oradesc

varchar2(512)

The Oracle error description.

projectno

integer

Stores a unique number for each project in the

database.

sourcefunction

varchar2(32)

The name of function that raised the error.

sourcepackage

varchar2(32)

The name of the package that raised the error.

userkey

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table ENVTYPE
This table shows the column list:

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

avghgt

float

Not null

The height, in metres, defined in the Average Height(m)

field of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.

avghgtenable

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating whether the Average Height

fields are enabled (1) or not (0). Defined by the Average
Height(m) checkbox in the Model Assignment Calculator
dialog box.

avghgtoper

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the operator associated with

the Average Height(m) field of the Model Assignment
Calculator dialog box:
<(0), =<(1), >(2), >=(3), =(4), !=(5)

createdate

date

Not null

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

envtypepk

integer

Not null

Primary key, stores a number indicating the

environment type defined in the Model Assignment
Calculator dialog box. Each environment type created
will have a unique 8 digit number.

idname

varchar2(128)

Not null

Primary key, storing the name of the environment type

defined in the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.

modifydate

date

Not null

with the user who created the object.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table ENVTYPECLUTTER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

clutlogop

integer

Not null

Stores a number representing the logical operator found

in the Logical Operator column of the Model Assignment
Calculator dialog box:
AND(6), OR(7), END(9)

clutoper

integer

Not null

Stores a number representing the operator found in the

Operator column of the Model Assignment Calculator
dialog box:
<(0), =<(1), >(2), >=(3), =(4), !=(5)

clutpercent

integer

Not null

Stores a clutter percentage number from the

Percentage(%) column of the Model Assignment
Calculator dialog box.

clutterindex

integer

Not null

Stores a number representing the position of an item in

the Rules table of the Model Assignment Calculator
dialog box.

createdate

date

Not null

modifyuser

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

permission

integer

projectno

integer

Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

usergroup

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table FILTERS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

comments

varchar2(255)

Stores any comments associated with the filter.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

enddate

date

filterid

varchar2(128)

not null

Stores a number to identify each filter.

filterkey

integer

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies each filter defined

integer

not null

Indicates whether the filter is static (0) or dynamic (1).

usergroup

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

group in the database.

indx

integer

not null

NOT USED.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + flaggroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table

FK2 (elementtypekey) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table FLAGGROUPPERMISSIONS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

flaggroupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each field

group in the database.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

usergroupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each user

group in the database.

Table FLAGGROUPS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

fieldtype

integer

not null

Indicates the data type for each field in the table Boolean (0), Float (1), Integer (2), Picklist (3), String (4).

flaggroupid

varchar2(128)

not null

selected (1) or not (0) for a field in the Field Definer
dialog box of the ENTERPRISE Administrator.

Table FLAGS
The FLAGS table stores each field group and its respective fields. Each row represents one field
group and has a unique name indicative of the order in which they were added, starting at 0,
followed by 1, 2, and so on. In each group you can create 50 fields identified with a two-digit code
(00, 01, 02, 49). Again, these codes are indicative of the order in which they were added.
The columns in the FLAGS table are as follows:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

flaggroupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each field

group in the database.

flagid

varchar2(128)

not null

Stores a unique identifier for each field.

flagkey

integer

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies each flag group

within the project, starting at 0 and counting upwards for
each new one added.

indx

integer

not null

Stores a number for each fields in their order of creation.

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each field

group in the database.

flagkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number for each flag group within the

project, starting at 0 and counting upwards for each new
one added.

floatfielddata

float

a database.

stringfielddata

varchar2 (128)

If the field value is expressed as a string, stores the string

value.

Foreign keys:

FK1 (projectno + flaggroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table

FK2 (projectno + flaggroupkey + flagkey) references the FLAGS table

FK3 (elementtypekey) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table FREQBAND
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

createuser

integer

freqbandkey

integer

modifyuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

name

varchar2(128)

Stores the name of each frequency band in the

database.

projectno

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.
not null

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

frequency band in the database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table FREQCARRIERCONV
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

freqbandkey

integer

not null

Primary key, indicating the particular frequency band

associated with each carrier conversion formula.

freqconversionkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier

conversion formula in the database.

name

varchar2(128)

projectno

integer

rangex

integer

Stores the first ARFCN number in the carrier range.

rangey

integer

frequencies (for example, between two adjacent uplink
frequencies).

Stores the name of each conversion formula in the

database.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign keys:

FK1 (projectno + freqbandkey) references the FREQBAND table

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table FREQUENCYDIV
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

freqhopcars

number(38)

not null

gain

float

projectno

number(38)

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

frequency hopping carrier.
Stores the frequency diversity gain in dB.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each project
in a database.

not null

Table GRIDCANDIDATES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

addressfk

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + addressfk) references the SITEADDRESS table

Table GRIDCONFIG
This table shows the column list:

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

configpk

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, storing a unique number for each grid

configuration.

modifyuser

objectypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number identifying the parent object

type.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

subcellfk

number(38)

not null

Stores the cell layer (GSM only).

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + configfk) references the GRIDCONFIG table

Table GROUPCARRIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.
65

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

gridkey

integer

not null

idname

varchar2(32)

Stores the name of each mid-hexagon radii in the

database.

Radii dialog box.

split

integer

Indicates the method for calculating the hexagon radii,

either corner (1) or face ( 0).

style

integer

NOT USED.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each mid

hexagon radii in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table HSDPARATE
This table shows the column list:

Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.

hsdparatekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

HSDPA coding rate in the database.

idname

varchar2(32)

not null

The name of the HSDPA coding rate, defined in the

HSDPA Coding Rates dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

modulation

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Description

Indicates the type of modulation used, either QPSK

(0) or 16QAM (1).
Three digit code that provides the write permissions
for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

rate

float

not null

The effective data rate of the HSDPA coding rate

(for example, 0.5 or 0.25), defined in the HSDPA
Coding Rates dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

Table IDENTIFIERS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

base_string

varchar2(32)

base_string_enabled

integer

combined_string

varchar2(32)

createdate

date

not null

NOVAL, but the Override Database defined
Identifiers option is listed here.

id_scheme

integer

modifydate

date

not null

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

object_type_id

integer

not null

Stores a number associating an object type

with a related object type - for example, BSC
and SMLC.

padding_min

integer

padding_min_enabled

integer

pattern_string

varchar2(2000)

permission

integer

not null

Three digit code that provides the write

permissions for the user, the default group
they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions
on page 15.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.

Describes the base string (Property, MSC,

BSC and so on), defined in the Identifier
Options dialog box.
not null

Indicates whether the base string is enabled

(1) or not (0).
For combined strings (such as Multi-radio
links), this stores the base string used for
the second element (for example, the radio
link for a dual polar link).

Stores the ID scheme value.

The Padding Min Length value.

not null

Indicates whether the Use Padding Min

Length option has been selected (1) or not
(0).
Stores the Pattern String, defined in the
Identifier Options dialog box.

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

subtype_id

integer

not null

Stores the subtype ID.

update_cells_enabled

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Update Cell IDs option

has been selected (1) or not (0).
(Cell Site or Node identifiers only)

usergroup

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

Table INTF
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

caoffset

integer

NOT USED.

idname

varchar2(32)

NOT USED.

intfkey

integer

numweights

integer

projectno

integer

startvalue

integer

not null

NOT USED.
NOT USED.

not null

NOT USED.
NOT USED.

Table INTFWEIGHTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

intfkey

integer

not null

NOT USED.

intflevel

integer

not null

NOT USED.

projectno

integer

not null

NOT USED.

weights

integer

NOT USED.

Table IS95CARRIER
This table shows the column list:

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

allocated

number(38)

NOT USED

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

fwdlinkcar

float

Stores the downlink frequency.

idname

varchar2(128)

Field which stores the names provided for each IS95

carrier in the database.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

priority

number(38)

Field that describes the order in which traffic should

be serviced by the various cell layers with 1 being the
highest priority.

projectno

number(38)

revlinkcar

float

Stores the uplink frequency.

rightnbrchan

number(38)

Stores the value of interference from the right

neighbour channel.

rightnbrdldb

float

Stores the value of interference from the right

neighbour downlink.

rightnbruldb

float

Stores the value of interference from the right

neighbour uplink.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Table LOGICALOPS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

filterkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number for each filter in the database.

logicalopkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical

operator in the database.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

nodeid

varchar2(64)

not null

Stores the ID code for each node.

parentlogicalopkey

integer

projectno

integer

sortorder

integer

treelevel

integer

Stores a unique number for the parent for the logical

operator.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Defines the order in which the sibling nodes in the rule
tree are displayed and processed.

not null

Indicates the logical operator's position in the tree

structure, from top-most tree level (0) downwards.
69

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

column for the Downlink Broadcast row on the Overhead
tab for an LTE Carrier.

carrierkey

number(38)

createdate

date

carrier in the database.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

ctrl_pdcch_
subframe_tx2plus

number(38)

The number of Resource Elements defined in the Tx>2

column for the Downlink Control row on the Overhead
tab for an LTE Carrier.

frame_struct_fk

number(38)

The Frame Structure defined for an LTE Carrier. Type1FDD-Normal-CP(1), Type1-FDD-Extended-CP(2),

Type3-MBSFN(5).

freq_band_fk

number(38)

pane on the Frequency\E-ARFCN tab for an LTE Carrier.

icicmethod

number(2)

Indicates the ICIC scheme in use. Defined on the ICIC

Schemes tab for an LTE Carrier. Reuse1(0), Soft
Frequency Reuse(1), Reuse Partitioning(2).

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

icicschemes
enabled

number(2)

idname

column for the Downlink Multicast row on the Overhead
tab for an LTE Carrier.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

number(38)

The number of Resource Elements defined in the Tx>2

column for the Downlink Reference Signal row on the
Overhead tab for an LTE Carrier.

reuse1coordfactor

float

The Coordination Factor defined in the Reuse 1

(prioritisation) pane of the ICIC Schemes tab for an LTE
Carrier.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

column for the Downlink Synchronization row on the
Overhead tab for an LTE Carrier.
73

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

usergroup

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (frame_struct_fk + projectno) references the LTEFRAMES table

FK2 (freq_band_fk + projectno) references the LTEFREQBANDS table

Table LTECELLID
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cellidkey_pk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each LTE cell

in the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

schemakey_fk

number(38)

not null

Indicates the Schema setting, Unknown (0) or All (1)

defined on the General sub-tab of the LTE Params tab
for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

schema_code

number(38)

not null

Specifies the type of code schema used. Type(0) is

unknown.

schema_group

number(38)

not null

Specifies the type of group schema used. Type(0) is

unknown.

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (schemakey_fk + projectno) references the LTECELLIDSCHEMA table

Table LTECELLIDSCHEMA
This table shows the column list:

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

idname

varchar2(128) not null

Field which stores the names provided for each logical

LTE cell in the database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

network_type

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the network type.

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

schemakey_pk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, indicating the Schema setting, Unknown

(0) or All (1) defined on the General sub-tab of the LTE
Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

usergroup

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table LTEFRAMES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

configuration

number(38)

not null

The Configuration defined on the General tab in the LTE

Frame Structures dialog box. Can be LTE Standard(1),
or Custom(2).

createdate

date

not null

idname

varchar(2)128 not null

The Name of the frame type defined in the LTE Frame

Structures dialog box.

modifydate

date

not null

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

num_slots_per_
sub_frame

number(38)

not null

The Number of Slots per Subframe defined on the

General tab in the LTE Frame Structures dialog box.

num_subcars_
rb_dl

number(38)

not null

The number of Downlink Subcarriers defined on the

Resource Block Config tab in the LTE Frame Structures
dialog box.

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

with the user who created the object.

Constraint

Description

Table LTEFREQBANDS
This table shows the column list:

Name

DataType

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

dlchanrast

float

The Downlink Channel Raster in MHz defined in the

Frequency Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency
band.

dllwrrnglim

number(38)

not null

The Downlink E-ARFCN Min defined in the Frequency

Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency band.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

dlstartfreq

float

dluprrnglim

number(38)

not null

The Downlink E-ARFCN Max defined in the Frequency

Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency band.

duplexmode

number(38)

not null

The Duplex Mode defined in the Frequency Band Editor

dialog box for an LTE frequency band. Can be
Unknown(0),FDD(1), TDD(2).

eutraband

number(38)

A number identifying the E-UTRA band.

freqbandname

varchar2(255) not null

The Frequency Band Name defined in the Frequency

Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency band.

freqbandpk

number(38)

Primary key, identifying the frequency band.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

projectno

number(38)

ulchanrast

float

ullwrrnglim

number(38)

ulstartfreq

float

uluprrnglim

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

The Downlink Start Frequency in MHz defined in the

Frequency Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency
band.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
The Uplink Channel Raster in MHz defined in the
Frequency Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency
band.

not null

The Uplink E-ARFCN Min defined in the Frequency Band

Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency band.
The Uplink Start Frequency in MHz defined in the
Frequency Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency
band.

not null

The Uplink E-ARFCN Max defined in the Frequency

Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency band.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table WIFICARRIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

lookuppk

number

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

number(38)

usergroup

number

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table LTEMUGLOOKUPOVERRIDE
This table shows the column list:

Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

number

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

LTEMUG lookup table in the database.
The date when the object was last modified.

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table LTEPREAMMAXCELLRANGE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number (38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

lookuppk

number (38)

not null

Primary key, a unique number identifying this table.

maxcellrange

float

not null

The Preamble Format (0-4) defined in the LTE

Preamble Max Cell range dialog box accessible under
Lookup Tables and Curves from the Configuration
menu.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number (38)

permission

number (38)

preambleformat

number (38)

not null

The Preamble Format (0-4) shown in the LTE Preamble

Max Cell range dialog box accessible under Lookup
Tables and Curves from the Configuration menu.

projectno

number (38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

usergroup

number (38)

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table LTERACHRSICFG
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

config_type

number(38)

not null

The look-up table from which the required number of RSI

is auto-calculated when Zero Correlation Zone Config or
Ncs value is selected on the RACH RSI tab for an LTE
cell on the Site Database.
1 = Ncs Unrestricted table
2 = Ncs Restricted table
3 = Ncs table

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

num_cyclic_shift

number(38)

num_rsi_required

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

rach_rsi_pk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each line in

the table.

usergroup

cell in the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

schemakey_fk

number(38)

not null

Indicates the Schema setting, Unknown (0) or All (1)

defined on the RACH RSI tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.

schema_code

number(38)

not null

Specifies the type of code schema used. Type(0) is

unknown.

schema_group

number(38)

not null

Specifies the type of group schema used. Type(0) is

unknown.

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (schemakey_fk + projectno) references the RSILTECELLIDSCHEMA table

Table LTERSISCHEMA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128) not null

Field which stores the names provided for each logical

RSI LTE cell in the database.

ispreambleformat4

number(1)

Indicates the Preamble Format defined on the RACH

RSI tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

network_type

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the network type.

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

schemakey_pk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, indicating the Schema setting, Unknown

(0) or All (1) defined on the General sub-tab of the LTE
Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Description

The date when the object was last modified.

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table MAPNAMES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

defaultno

integer

Stores the default number of channels on each carrier

for every map definition.

gsm

integer

Indicates whether the Channel to Carrier map uses

dedicated GPRS channels(1) or not (0).

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

Stores the name of each Channel to Carrier map,

defined in the Channel Maps dialog box.

mapkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

Channel to Carrier map in the database.

integer

The Total Number of Channels, which is the maximum

number that can be used on each carrier.

num_cs

integer

The number of circuit switched channels. This is the total

number of channels minus the total channels used for
the four options described in the next four rows.

num_ctrl

integer

The number of shared control channels, defined in the

Map Editor dialog box.

lookup table in the database.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraints

Description

mplx

float

Value from the DL SM CINR Adjustment tab and the

DL SM Rate Gain of the Advanced Antenna System
Parameters dialog box.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

projectno

integer

technology

integer

The number of transmit elements specified in the

Advanced Antenna System Parameters dialog box.

uldivcinr

float

Value from the UL SD CINR Adjustment tab of the

Advanced Antenna System Parameters dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

not null

The number of receive elements specified in the

Advanced Antenna System Parameters dialog box.
not null

Stores a number identifying the technology for AAS

parameter tables - Mobile WiMAX (0), UMTS/HSPA
(1) or LTE (2).

Table NEIGHBOURLIMITS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

createdate

date

not null

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number

not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

enabled

number

not null

Indicates whether the neighbour limits are active (1) or

not (0). This is defined on the Neighbour Limits dialog
box.

limit

number

not null

Indicates the value of the limit.

limit_id

number

not null

In combination with the section_id, forms a unique

identifier.

1 = Max no. relations in GSM cell

2 = Max no. relations in UMTS cell

3 = GSM - GSM

and so on

limit_pk

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for the limit in the

database.

modifydate

date

not null

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

section_id

number

not null

In combination with the limit_id, forms a unique identifier.

Total Limits per Cell =1

Neighbour Type Limits per Cell = 2

Table PATTERN
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

a database.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + carrierlayerkey) references the CARLAY table

Table PATTERNGROUP
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

groupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

frequency re-use group defined in the Groups dialog box.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

patternkey

integer

not null

Primary key, indicating the group carriers associated

with each pattern in the database.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + patternkey) references the PATTERN table

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table PNINDEXSCHEMA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for the
user, the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page 15.

database.

usergroup

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Table PREDICTIONMODEL
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

comments

varchar2(2048)

Stores any additional comments for the

propagation model, defined in the Propagation
Models dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

Stores the name of the propagation model, defined

in the Propagation Models dialog box.

modelkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

propagation model in the database.

modelparams

clob

Stores details of the propagation model

parameters.

modeltype

varchar2(128)

Specifies the CLSID GUID of the CoClass

exposing the IAircomPredEngine interface.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
85

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

systemparams

clob

Stores parameters that are specific to this model

but are not exposed as model parameters.

Table RULES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

attributetypekey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number for each attribute type in the

database.

elementtypekey

integer

filterkey

integer

not null

database.

Stores a unique number for each element type in the

database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table

FK2 (projectno + logicalopkey) references the LOGICALOPS table

FK3 (ruletypekey) references the RULETYPES table

Table RULETYPES
This table shows the column list:

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

ruletypeid

varchar2(32)

not null

The id of the rule type.

ruletypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each rule type

in the database.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table SCHEMAMANAGERS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

classid

varchar2(200)

not null

description

varchar2(1024)

Optional - provides additional Schema Manager

information.

name

varchar2(32)

User defined name for the Schema Manager.

script.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (lognodetypekey) references the LOGNODETYPE table

FK2 (scriptkey) references the SCRIPTSTORAGE table

Table SCRIPTSTORAGE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

scriptkey

float

not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each script in

the database.

scriptname

varchar2(255)

not null

The name of the original script file.

scripttext

clob

The text of the script.

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table SRVCELLBITPRIOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

bitratekey

integer

not null

Primary key, uniquely identifying 3g bitrates.

cellaykey

integer

not null

Primary key associates carrier layers to cell layers in

the site database.

createuser

integer

modifyuser

integer

priority

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

servicekey

integer

not null

Primary key uniquely identifies each service.

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.
not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Indicates the priority of the serving cell.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + bitratekey) references the TGBITRATE table

FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table

FK3 (projectno + servicekey) references the TGSERVICE table

Table SRVCELLPRIOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

cellaykey

integer

not null

createuser

integer

modifyuser

integer

priority

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

servicekey

integer

not null

Primary key identifying the number of the project the

user has permissions for in the site database.

Primary key associates carrier layers to the various cell

layers in the site database.
Stores a number indicating the user who created the
object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Stores 3g carrier priorities.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table

FK2 (projectno + servicekey) references the TGSERVICE table

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table TERMTYCELLAY
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cellaykey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell

layer in the database.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

termtypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal

type in the project.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + termtypekey) references the TERMTYPE table

FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table

Table TERMTYCLUTTER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

code

varchar2(128)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each clutter

category defined in the Terminal Types dialog box.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

termtypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal

type defined in the Terminal Types dialog box.

weight

float(64)

not null

Stores the weighting or Erlang value given to each

clutter category.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + termtypekey) references the TERMTYPE table

Table TERMTYPE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

antenna_key

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

antenna with the terminal type.
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on
the RF Params tab (LTE only).

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

antengain

float

beam_forming_active

integer

not null

NOT USED.

beamwidth

float

not null

The horizontal beamwidth (degrees) defined in the

Terminal Types dialog box, on the WiMAX Params
(WiMAX) or Mobile WiMAX Params tab (Mobile
WiMAX) or the RF Params tab (LTE).

bodyloss

float

carriers

number

The antenna gain (dBi) defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box , on the Terminal Params tab
(UMTS), WiMAX Params tab (WiMAX) or the RF
Params tab (LTE).

The body loss (dB) defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box, on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS) and
the RF Params (LTE).
not null

This value identifies the UMTS carriers that are

supported, as defined on the UMTS Carriers tab of
the Terminal Types dialog box.
The integer is derived by a binary-decimal
conversion, except where all carriers are supported
(-1) or no carriers are supported (0).

carriers_lte

integer

not null

This value identifies the LTE carriers that are

supported, as defined on the LTE Carriers tab of the
Terminal Types dialog box.
The integer is derived by a binary-decimal
conversion, except where all carriers are active and
supported (-1) or no carriers are supported (0).

carriers_wifi

integer

not null

This value identifies the Wi-Fi carriers that are

supported, as defined on the Wi-Fi Carriers tab of
the Terminal Types dialog box.
The integer is derived by a binary-decimal
conversion, except where all carriers are supported
(-1) or no carriers are supported (0).

ccs1 up to ccs4

integer

Indicates whether Channel Coding Schemas 1-4 are

supported (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Dual
Tech tab in of the Terminal Types dialog box
(GSM/UMTS only).

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.

dlchipeqfactor

double

not null

The Chip Equalisation Support Efficiency field (0 to

1) on the HSPA tab of the Terminal Types dialog
box (UMTS only).

dlintcanfactor

double

not null

The Interface Cancellation Support Efficiency field (0

to 1) on the HSPA tab of the Terminal Types dialog
box (UMTS only).

dlmaxblocksize

double

not null

The Max. Supported Block Size on the HSPA tab of

the Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS only).

dynamrange

float

The TX Dynamic Range (dB) defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box, on the Terminal Params tab
(UMTS) or the RF Params tab (LTE).

familyA up to
familyC

integer

Indicates whether EGPRS link adaptation families AC are supported (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Dual Tech tab in the Terminal Types dialog box
(GSM/UMTS only).

hscsdtimeslotweightnt

integer

NOT USED.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

hscsdtimeslotweightt1 up to
hscsdtimeslotweightt4

integer

NOT USED.

hscsdtraf
perterm

float

NOT USED.

hscsdweightnt1
up to
hscsdweightnt4

integer

NOT USED.

hscsdweightt1 to
hscsdweightt8

integer

NOT USED

idname

varchar2(128)

Stores the name of the terminal type.

jointdetfact

float

NOT USED.

lte_antengain

float

The Antenna Gain in dBi defined on the LTE

Params tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.

lte_bodyloss

float

The Body Loss in dB defined on the LTE Params

tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.

lte_dynamrange

float

The TX Dynamic Range in dB defined on the LTE

Params tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.

lte_max_dl_carriers

integer

not null

The Max. Downlink Carriers defined on the LTE

Carriers tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.

lte_max_ul_carriers

integer

not null

The Max. Uplink Carriers defined on the LTE

Carriers tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.

lte_noisefig

float

The Noise Figure in dBi defined on the LTE Params

tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.

lte_reqrsrp

float

The Required RSRP in dBm defined on the LTE

Params tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.

lte_support

integer

Indicates whether the LTE Support option on the

Multi Tech tab of theTerminal Types dialog box is
selected (1) or not (0).

masternamekey

max_tx_power

float(64)

not null

The Max TX Power (dBm) for a terminal type.

This is defined on the RF Params tab of the
Terminal Types dialog box (LTE only).

been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Terminal Category tab of the
Terminal Types dialog box for an LTE terminal type.

noisefig

float

Noise Figure (dB), defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box on the Terminal Params tab (EV-DO,
UMTS or WCMDA2000) or the WiMAX Params tab
(WiMAX).

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

powerstep

float

Quantisation step size for mobile transmit power

(dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on
the (W)CDMA Params tab (UMTS only).

projectno

integer

Terminal Types dialog box on the Terminal Params
tab (UMTS only).

reqrscp

float

not null

Required RSCP (dB), defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS).

reqsir

float

not null

Required Pilot SIR (dB), defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box on the Terminal Params tab
(UMTS).

Required BCH/SCH SINR (dB), defined in the

Terminal Types dialog box on the RF Params tab
(LTE only).
Required Ec/Io (dB), defined in the Terminal Types
dialog box on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS
only).

- or Required RSS (db), defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box on the WiMAX Params tab (WiMAX).
rx_comb_gain

float(64)

The RX Miscellaneous Gains (dB), defined in the

Terminal Types dialog box on the RF Params tab
(LTE only).

su_mimo_elem_cnt_dl

integer

not null

The number of RX Elements on the downlink for SUMIMO, defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on
the Terminal Category tab (LTE only).

su_mimo_elem_cnt_ul

integer

not null

The number of RX Elements on the uplink for SUMIMO, defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on
the Terminal Category tab (LTE only).

su_mimo_enable_dl

integer

not null

Indicates whether the SU-MIMO Downlink option

has been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on
the Terminal Category tab (LTE only).

su_mimo_enable_ul

integer

not null

Indicates whether the SU-MIMO Uplink option has

been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on
the Terminal Category tab (LTE only).

su_mimo_mode_dl

integer

not null

Indicates the SU-MIMO mode on the downlink Diversity (1), Multiplexing (2) or Adaptive Switching
(3).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on
the Terminal Category tab (LTE only).

su_mimo_mode_ul

integer

not null

Indicates the SU-MIMO mode on the uplink Diversity (1), Multiplexing (2) or Adaptive Switching
(3).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on
the Terminal Category tab (LTE only).

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

subchannel

integer

Constraint Description
Indicates which sub-channel options have been
selected for the terminal, defined in the Terminal
Types dialog box on the WiMAX Params tab (Fixed
WiMAX only).
Each sub-channel is represented by a number as
follows - No sub-channels selected = 0, 1/16 only =
8, 1/8 only = 4, 1/4 only = 2, 1/2 only = 1.
If more than 1 sub-channel is selected, the
parameter value will be a sum of the appropriate
values above. For example, if all 4 sub-channels are
selected, the value will be 15, if 1/2 and 1/8 are
selected the value will be 5, and so on.

supchipeqfactor

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Chip Equalisation Support

option is selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box,on
the HSPA tab (UMTS only).

suphsdpa

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Enable HSDPA option has

been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box,on
the HSPA tab (UMTS only).

suphsupa

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Enable HSUPA option is

selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box,on
the HSPA tab (UMTS only).

supintcanfactor

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Interface Cancellation Support

option is selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box,on
the HSPA tab (UMTS only).

support2g

integer

NOT USED.

support3g

integer

NOT USED.

supul2mstti

integer

not null

Indicates whether the 2ms TTI option is selected (1)

or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box,on
the HSPA tab (UMTS only).

switching

integer

term_category

integer

Specifies what technology the terminal type uses Circuit switching (0), GPRS (1), EGPRS (4),
CDMA2000 (6), EV-DO (7), GSM/UMTS (9), Fixed
WiMAX (12), Mobile WiMAX TDD (13), Mobile
WiMAX FDD (14) or LTE (15).
not null

Indicates the Terminal Category, defined in the

Terminal Types dialog box, on the Terminal
Category tab (LTE only).
This will be a number, representing categories 1 to 5
or 0 for Custom.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

terminal type in a database.

termtypekey

integer

termweight

float

Indicates the clutter spread, either Density (0) or

Weight (1).

trafficscale

Terminal Types dialog box on the 2g RF Params tab
(Joint GSM/UMTS only).

twogsnrdb

float

The required BCCH CINR (dB), defined in the

Terminal Types dialog box on the 2g RF Params tab
(Joint GSM/UMTS only).

ulmaxcodes

integer

not null

The Max. HSUPA Codes, defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box on the HSPA tab (UMTS only).

ulminsf
supported

integer

not null

The Min. SF, defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the HSPA tab (UMTS only).

Primary key, used in conjunction with the guidfield to

describe the point.

guidfield

varchar2(48)

not null

Primary key, used in conjunction with the featid to

describe the point.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

termtypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal

type defined in the Terminal Types dialog box.

weight

float(64)

not null

The weighting or Erlang value given to each point

defined on the Vectors tab of the Terminal Types dialog
box.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + termtypekey) references the TERMTYPE table

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table TERMTYPOLYGON
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

code

varchar2(32)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each polygon

in the database. These are defined on the Vectors tab
of the Terminal Types dialog box.

featid

integer

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table TGBITRATE
This table shows the column list:

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

activul

float

The Uplink (UL) CS Activity Factor (in %).

activdl

float

tab of the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

ber10

float

The FER for Eb/No 14 dB, defined on the Noise Services

tab of the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

bitratekey

integer

bler1

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 0 set on the Services tab.

bler2

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 2 set on the Services tab.

bler3

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 4 set on the Services tab.

bler4

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 6 set on the Services tab.

bler5

float

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each bearer in

the database.

Stores the block size defined on the Bearers tab of the

UMTS FDD + HSPA Bearers dialog box for downlink only.
The Link Direction, either Uplink (0) or Downlink (1).

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

chiprate

integer

cinr1

float

not null

The CINR offset for 0-3 Km/h defined on the CINR and
Speed Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

cinr2

float

not null

The CINR offset for 50 Km/h defined on the CINR and

Speed Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

cinr3

float

not null

The CINR offset for >=120 Km/h defined on the CINR and
Speed Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

cinrdb

float

not null

The required CINR value in decibels defined on the CINR

and Speed Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog
box.

cinrwithmulti

float

codingrate

float

codingscheme

varchar2(10)

NOT USED.

codingschemetype

integer

The AMC scheme defined in the WiMAX Bearers dialog

box.

color

integer

NOT USED.

cqiindex

integer

not null

In conjunction with cqitabindex, defines the dl bearers that

are predetermined in the HSDPA CQI Table Editor for
downlink only.

cqitabindex

integer

not null

In conjunction with cqiindex, defines the dl bearers that are

predetermined in the HSDPA CQI Table Editor for downlink
only.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

dataoffset

float

dlai

integer

The Air Interface bitrate (bps) for the downlink, defined on

the Bearers tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for
a CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.

dlchans

float

The number of Channels on the downlink, defined on the

Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

dlctrlohead

float

The Control Overhead Factor (%) for the downlink, defined

on the Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

dlmimomode

integer

dluser

integer

The User bitrate (bps) for the downlink, defined on the

Bearers tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a
CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.

Stores the Chips per Traffic Bits, defined for a downlink

bearer on the General tab of the EV-DO Bearers dialog
box.

NOT USED.

As above but where Uplink Collaborative Multiplexing is

enabled for a cell.
not null

not null

The coding rate defined on the bearers tab of the WiMAX

Mobile Bearers dialog box.

The Data Offset (dB), defined on the General tab of the

EV-DO Bearers dialog box.

The MIMO support settings defined on the bearers tab of

the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

100

Name

DataType

values.

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a particular HSDPA

coding rate with a HSDPA bearer.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

modulation

integer

not null

The modulation scheme defined on the bearers tab of the

WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box: QPSK (1), 16QAM (2),
64QAM (4).

nettype

integer

Indicates the network type:

UMTS (0), CDMA2000 (1), EV-DO (2), GSM (4), GPRS (5),
Fixed WiMAX (11), Mobile WiMAX (12) or LTE (13).

numcodes

integer

NOT USED.

numtimeslots

integer

NOT USED.

pccpchsirtarget

float

PCCPCH SIR Target (dB).

permission

integer

NOT USED.

projectno

integer

rccodingtype

varchar2(32)

The Radio Configuration Coding type, either Convolutional

or Turbo. This is defined on the General tab of the
CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

rcdownlink

integer

The Radio Configuration for the downlink, defined on the

General tab of the CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

rcframelength

integer

The Radio Configuration Frame Length, defined on the

General tab of the CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

rcuplink

integer

The Radio Configuration for the uplink, defined on the

General tab of the CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

repetition

integer

reqecio

float

The Required DL Pilot Ec/Io, defined on the Eb/Nt Values

tab of the EV-DO or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

res0consump to
res5consump

integer

The consumption for the different resource types, defined

on the Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

sfcodesindex

integer

spare1 to spare4

float

NOT USED.

subchannel

integer

The sub-channelisation defined in the WiMAX Bearers

dialog box.

subchannelmode

integer

supportamr

integer

Indicates whether the Adapted Multi Rate option has beenv

selected (1) or not (0) for a bearer on the Bearers tab of the
GSM/EGPRS Bearers dialog box.

supporthalfrate

integer

Field stores 2G / 2.5G Bearers.

switchingtype

integer

NOT USED.

techtype

integer

throughputpertimeslot

integer

ttims

integer

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

The repetition rate defined on the bearers tab of the

WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

Indicates whether the SF Combo option is selected (1) or

not (0) on the Bearers tab of the UMTS FDD + HSPA
Bearers dialog box for uplink only.

The subchannel mode defined on the bearers tab of the

WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

Indicates the technology type of the bearer, either UMTS

(0) or HSDPA (1).
NOT USED

not null

Indicates whether the TTI(ms) option is selected (1) or not

(0) on the Bearers tab of the UMTS FDD + HSPA Bearers
dialog box for uplink only.

101

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

102

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

txpow

float

The Max Tx Power (dBm), defined on the Downlink Gain

tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

ulai

integer

The Air Interface bitrate (bps) for the uplink, defined on the
Bearers tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a
CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.

ulchans

float

The number of Channels on the uplink, defined on the

Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

ulctrlohead

float

The Control Overhead Factor (%) for the uplink, defined on

the Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

uluser

integer

The User bitrate (bps) for the uplink, defined on the

Bearers tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a
CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) in the Bearers dialog box.

useaastables

integer

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

v0-v11

float

The table values for soft Mobile TX Power Gain, defined on

the TXP Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers dialog
box.

v12-v23

float

The table values for softer Mobile TX Power Gain, defined

on the TXP Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers
dialog box.

v24-v35

float

with diversity, defined on the Eb/No and Speed Delta tab of
the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

not null

Indicates whether the Use AAS Tables option is selected

(1) or not (0) on the Eb/No & Speed Delta tab of the UMTS
FDD + HSPA Bearers dialog box.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Foreign Key:

FK1 (hsdparatefk + projectno) references the HSDPARATE table

Table TGCARRIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

attenuation_dl

float

The Attenuation Downlink value in Mhz defined on the

UMTS Carriers tab of the UMTS Carriers dialog box
accessed under Carriers on the Configuration menu.

attenuation_ul

float

The Attenuation Uplink value in Mhz defined on the

UMTS Carriers tab of the UMTS Carriers dialog box
accessed under Carriers on the Configuration menu.

carrierkey

integer

createdate

date

UMTS Carriers tab of the UMTS Carriers dialog box
accessed under Carriers on the Configuration menu.

idname

varchar2(128)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

NOT USED.

priority

integer

Stores 3g carrier priorities.

projectno

integer

uplinkch

integer

The Uplink (UL) Channel Number, defined on the

UMTS Carriers tab of the UMTS Carriers dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS

carrier in the database.

The name of the UMTS carrier.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

103

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table TGCARRIERADJ
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

carrier

integer

The adjacent carrier (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

dlatt

float

The downlink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

rowindex

integer

not null

Primary key, storing the adjacency index number,

between 0 and 30 inclusive.

tgcarrierfk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

WiMAX carrier in the database.

ulatt

float

The uplink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

Foreign Key:

FK1 (projectno + tgcarrierfk) references the TGCARRIER table

Table TGCLUTPATHLOSS
This table shows the column list:

104

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

angularspread

float

The Angular Spread (in degrees), defined in the

Mobile WiMAX or LTE Clutter Parameters dialog
box.

clutcon

float

Stores optimisation data for tgclutter pathloss.

code

varchar2(128)

in the UMTS Clutter Parameters dialog box.

dlsmrategain

double

not null

The downlink SM Rate Gain, defined in the UMTS

Clutter Parameters dialog box.
- or The downlink SM Rate Gain Adjustment, defined in
the LTE Clutter Parameters dialog box.

dlsmsinroffset

float

project in a database.

technologytype

integer

not null

Indicates the technology type employed, GSM (0),

UMTS (1), CDMA2000/EV-DO (2), Fixed WiMAX
(3), Mobile WiMAX (4) or LTE (5).

ulmumimosinroffset

float

not null

The uplink MU-MIMO SINR Offset (dB), defined on

the LTE Clutter Parameters dialog box.

ulsdsinradj

double

not null

The uplink SD Eb/No Adjustment, defined on the

UMTS Clutter Parameters dialog box.

not null

The downlink SM SINR Offset (dB), defined in the

LTE Clutter Parameters dialog box.

Primary key, storing a unique value for each set of

clutter parameters defined in the Clutter
Parameters dialog box.
NOT USED.

- or The uplink SD SINR Adjustment, defined on the

LTE Clutter Parameters dialog box.
ulsmrategain

float

not null

The uplink SM Rate Gain Adjustment, defined on

the LTE Clutter Parameters dialog box.

ulsmsinroffset

float

not null

The uplink SM SINR Offset (dB), defined on the

LTE Clutter Parameters dialog box.

105

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table TGRESTYPE
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

airinterface

number(38)

Indicates whether the Air Interface option on the

UMTS Resources dialog box has been selected (1) or
not (0).

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

The name of the resource, defined in the UMTS

Resources dialog box.

ishsdpa

integer

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

resource in a database.

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Description

Indicates whether the HSDPA Resource option on

the UMTS Resources dialog box has been selected
(1) or not (0).

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table TGSERVBIT
This table shows the column list:

106

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bitratekey

integer

not null

Primary key, which references a bitrate type in the

TGBITRATE table.

cp0 to cp31

integer

The CDMA2000 carrier that has the highest priority in

this service, up to the carrier that has the lowest priority.
This is set on the Carriers tab of CDMA2000 Service.

float

The weight of this association between service and

bitrate.

Table TGSERVBITCARREINF
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

bitratekey

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each bearer in

the database.

carrierkey

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier in

the database.

createuser

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodeafk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (projectno + lognodebfk) references the LOGNODE table

Table TGSERVICE
This table shows the column list:

108

Name

DataType Constraint Description

alpha

float

bearer_selection_
mode

number

blerdl

float

The Block Error Rate (BLER) Working Point for the

downlink, defined on the Packet Switched tab of the
UMTS Service, CDMA2000 Service Types or the EV-DO
Service Types dialog box.

blerul

float

The Block Error Rate (BLER) Working Point for the uplink,
defined on the Packet Switched tab of the UMTS Service,
CDMA2000 Service Types or the EV-DO Service Types
dialog box.

bwallocationmodeul

number

carriers

number

service, to the carrier with the lowest priority. This is set
on the Carriers/Cell Layers tab of the
GSM/EGPRS/UMTS/Wi-Fi Services dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

NOT USED.
not null

not null

The bearer selection method (Peak Data Rate (0),

Effective Data Rate (1) or Bearer Index (2)) defined in the
Bearer Selection Method pane of the General tab of the
LTE Services dialog box.

The Bandwidth Allocation mode (Use Min RBs (0), Use All
RBs (1) or Maintain Connection (2)) defined on the UL
Bearers tab of the LTE Services dialog box.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType Constraint Description

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

csactdl

float

The Circuit Switched (CS) Activity Factor (in %) on the

downlink, defined on the General tab of the UMTS Service
and CDMA2000 Service Types dialog boxes.

csactul

float

The Circuit Switched (CS) Activity Factor (in %) on the

uplink, defined on the General tab of the UMTS Service
and CDMA2000 Service Types dialog boxes.

delay

float

The Delay (msec), defined on the General tab of the LTE

Service Type dialog box.

dl_auto_calc_re_
usage

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Auto-Calc RE Usage option is

selected (1) or not (0) on the DL Bearers tab of the LTE
Services dialog box.

dlgsmservicerate

float

not null

The Service Rate in bps defined on the GSM DL Bearers

tab of the GSM Services dialog box.

dlmindatarate

double

not null

Stores the value in the Minimum Supported Data Rate

(bps) field on the UMTS DL Bearers tab of the UMTS
Services dialog box.

dlservicerate

float

not null

The downlink service rate (in bits per second) defined on

the Downlink Bearers Tab in the WiMAX Mobile Services
dialog box.

dlusrbtr

float

The downlink user bitrate (in bps) defined on the Params

tab of the WiMAX Services dialog box.

gtbitratedl

float

Guaranteed bit rate on the downlink.

gtbitrateul

float

Guaranteed bit rate uplink.

idname

varchar2(1
28)

ignorpri

integer

Indicates whether the Ignore Priorities option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the Carriers tab of
the CDMA2000 Service Types and EV-DO Service Types
dialog boxes.

intpktarrtimdl

float

The Inter-packet arrival time (in seconds) on the downlink,

defined on the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog
box.

intpktarrtimul

float

The Inter-packet arrival time (in seconds) on the uplink,

defined on the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog
box.

isdefault

integer

For projects created in ENTERPRISE 9.0, stores a

number indicating whether the items listed in the UMTS
Services and LTE Bearers dialog boxes are default
options (1) or not (0).

isrealtime

integer

Stores the value in the Minimum Supported Data Rate

(bps) field on the UMTS DL Bearers tab of the UMTS
Services dialog box.

float

Future quality of service parameters.

loadbalancing

integer

not null

The Service Name.

Indicates whether the Enable Load Balancing option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the Carriers/Cell Layers
tab of the GSM/EGPRS/UMTS Services dialog box.

109

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

110

Name

DataType Constraint Description

ltetrafficcls

integer

The Traffic Class defined on the LTE General tab of the

GSM/EGPRS/UMTS Services dialog box.
0 = Conversational Voice
1 = Conversational Video
2 = Real Time Gaming
3 = Non-Conversational Video
4 = IMS Signalling
5 = Buffered Streaming
6 = Live Streaming
7 = Background

float

Future quality of service parameters.

macpoweroffset

double

maxnumretransdl

integer

The maximum number of times a service will try and

retransmit before it times out (ARQ Max #
Retransmission), defined on the Packet Switched tab of
the Services dialog box.

mnbitdl

integer

Mean downlink bit rate.

mnbitul

integer

Mean uplink bit rate.

mncalldl

integer

The Mean # packet calls/session on the downlink, defined

on the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.

mncallul

integer

The Mean # packet calls/session on the uplink, defined on

the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.

mnpktardl

float

Mean packet inter arrival time on the downlink.

mnpktarul

float

defined on the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog
box.

mnstodl

float

Mean downlink session timeout.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

mxbitratedl

float

Maximum downlink bit rate.

mxbitrateul

float

Maximum uplink bit rate.

nettype

integer

The network type - GSM/EGPRS/UMTS (0), CDMA2000

(1), EV-DO (2), Fixed WiMAX (6), Mobile WiMAX (7), LTE
(8).

overhead_rt_dl_
percent

float

Stores the Downlink Overhead, defined on the Real Time

Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog box.

overhead_rt_ul_
percent

float

Stores the Uplink Overhead, defined on the Real Time

Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog box.

not null

NOT USED.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType Constraint Description

overrideact

integer

peakrate_rt_dl_
bps

float

Stores the Downlink Peak Rate, defined on the Real Time

Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog box.

peakrate_rt_ul_
bps

float

Stores the Uplink Peak Rate, defined on the Real Time

Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog box.

pelr

integer

The PELR, defined on the General tab of the LTE

Services dialog box.

permission

integer

or not (0).

projectno

Real Time Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog
box.

not null

Indicates whether the Override Packet Model Activity

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the
UMTS DL Bearers tab of the Service dialog box.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

111

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType Constraint Description

rateprob_rt_ul_full

float

Stores the Uplink Full Rate Probability, defined on the

Real Time Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog
box.

rateprob_rt_ul_half

float

Stores the Uplink Half Rate Probability, defined on the

Real Time Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog
box.

rateprob_rt_ul_qtr

float

Stores the Uplink Quarter Rate Probability, defined on the

Real Time Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog
box.

rc0dlcheck to
rc9dlcheck

integer

Indicates whether the downlink RCs0-9 have been

selected (1) on the RC Priorities tab (for a CDMA2000
Service Type) or not (0).

rc0dlpriority to
rc9dlpriority

integer

Indicates the downlink priority number for RCs0-9.

retransdl

float

Retransmission rate on the downlink.

retransul

float

Retransmission rate on the uplink.

revenue

float

The ARPU, defined on the General tab for a service.

servicekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each service in

the database.

servicepriority

integer

not null

toul

integer

Data field representing timeout on the uplink.

trafficcls

integer

The Traffic Class for packet-switched traffic, defined on

the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.

ttibundlingdlenabled

number

Indicates whether the TTI Bundling DL option is selected

(1) or not (0). Defined on the General tab of the LTE
Services dialog box.

ttibundlingdlgain

float

The downlink gain in dB defined in the Gain field for the

UL option in the TTI Bundling pane of the General tab of
the LTE Services dialog box.

ttibundlingdloverhead float

The downlink overhead percentage defined in the Rate

Overhead field for the UL option in the TTI Bundling pane
of the General tab of the LTE Services dialog box.

ttibundlingulenabled

number

Indicates whether the TTI Bundling UL option is selected

(1) or not (0). Defined on the General tab of the LTE
Services dialog box.

ttibundlingulgain

float

The uplink gain in dB defined in the Gain field for the UL

option in the TTI Bundling pane of the General tab of the
LTE Services dialog box.

ttibundlinguloverhead float

112

The uplink overhead percentage defined in the Rate

Overhead field for the UL option in the TTI Bundling pane
of the General tab of the LTE Services dialog box.

ul_auto_calc_re_
usage

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Auto-Calc RE Usage option is

selected (1) or not (0) on the UL Bearers tab of the LTE
Services dialog box.

ulservicerate

float

not null

The uplink service rate (in bits per second) defined on the
Uplink Bearers Tab in the WiMAX Mobile Services dialog
box.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

NOT USED.

createuser

integer

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

NOT USED.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

not null

NOT USED.

shogkey

integer

not null

NOT USED.

usergroup

integer

NOT USED.

float

NOT USED.

float

NOT USED.

not null

Description

NOT USED.
NOT USED.

(and so on up to )
v24

Table TGTERMSERV
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

priority

integer

The priority of each 3g service in the service/terminal

type relationship.
113

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

servicekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each 3g

service in the database.

termtypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating a

particular terminal type with the 3g service.

Table TIMESLOTMAP
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

comments

varchar2(255)

Stores the optional description that can be added to

Description

Indicates the link(s) associated with each timeslot

map.
Stores the name of each timeslot map in the database.

Indicates whether timeslots 0-31 are divided into 4 x

16kbps or remain as 64kbps. Also stores any textual
information added to the slots.

Table UMTSCODE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

code

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each code in

the code group.

codegroup

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each code

group in a UMTS Scrambling Code Schema.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

key

number(38)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

networktype

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the network sub-type:

not null

Primary key storing a unique value for the UMTS code.

The date when the object was last modified.

UMTS FDD(1), WIMAX(512), Mob WIMAX(2048).

114

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

schemakey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

code with a particular UMTS scrambling code schema.

schemaname

varchar2(128)

not null

The Schema Name, defined in the Scrambling Code

Schemas dialog box.

usergroup

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table UMTSCODESCHEMA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128) not null

Primary key. The Schema Name, defined in the UMTS

Scrambling Code Schema dialog box.

key

number(38)

Primary key which uniquely identifies the UMTS code

schema.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

networktype

number(38)

not null

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table VECATTR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

attrid

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector

attribute in the database.

dataname

varchar2(32)

The name of the attribute.

115

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

datatype

integer

Indicates the type of attribute, either number (0) or

double (1).

fileid

integer

The name of the vector file.

not null

Description

Primary key. Unique Segment identity within the

vector.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector

in the database.

Table VECBOUNDS
This table shows the column list:

116

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

with the user who created the object.

vecid

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

vector in the database.

vecname

varchar2(32)

not null

Stores the name of each vector in the database.

vectype

integer

Indicates whether the vector is a system (0), user (1)

or building vector (2).

xmax

integer

The maximum vertical extent.

xmin

integer

The minimum vertical extent.

ymax

integer

The maximum horizontal extent.

ymin

integer

The minimum horizontal extent.

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table VECFILE
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

checksum

integer

A checking sum calculated to determine

corrupt or unexpectedly changed files.

The directory storing the vector file.

fileid

integer

Stores a unique number for each vector file in

the database.

filename

varchar2(256)

not null

Primary key, storing the name of each vector

file in the database.

vecid

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each vector in the database.

Table WIFICARRIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

attenuation_dl

float

The Attenuation Downlink value in Mhz defined on the

Wi-Fi Carriers tab of the Wi-Fi Carriers dialog box
accessed under Carriers on the Configuration menu.

attenuation_ul

float

The Attenuation Uplink value in Mhz defined on the WiFi Carriers tab of the Wi-Fi Carriers dialog box
accessed under Carriers on the Configuration menu.

carrierkey

integer

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier

in the database.

A unique name identifying the object.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

117

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

permission

integer

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

integer

Constraint

Description
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the
user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table WIMAXCARRIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bandwidth

float

not null

The carrier bandwidth in (MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog.

carrierkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier

in the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

frequency

float

not null

The carrier frequency (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog box.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

A unique name identifying the object.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

integer

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the
user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table WIMAXCARRIERADJ
This table shows the column list:

118

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrier

integer

The adjacent carrier (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

rowindex

integer

not null

Primary key, storing the adjacency index number,

between 0 and 30 inclusive.

ulatt

float

not null

The uplink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

usergroup

integer

wimaxcarrierfk

integer

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the
user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each WiMAX

carrier in the database.

Foreign Key:

FK1 (projectno + wimaxcarrierfk) references the WIMAXCARRIER table

Table WIMAXMOBCARRIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bandwidth

float

not null

The carrier bandwidth in (MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog.

carrierno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier

in the database.

createdate

date

button in the WiMAX Mobile Carriers dialog box.

119

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

fixmapdl

float

Stores a number indicating the Preamble and MAP

activity per frame in the WiMAX Mobile Carriers dialog
box (for the downlink).

fixmapul

float

Stores a number indicating the Preamble and MAP

activity per frame in the WiMAX Mobile Carriers dialog
box (for the uplink).

frameduration

float

The frame duration in milliseconds specified in the

WiMAX Mobile Carriers dialog box.

frequency

float

not null

The carrier frequency (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog box.

idname

varchar(128)

not null

Field which stores the names provided for each Mobile

WiMAX carrier in the database.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Key:

FK1(projectno+carrierno) references the TGCARRIER table

Table WIMAXMOBCARRIERADJ
This table shows the column list:

120

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrier

integer

The adjacent carrier (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

dlatt

float

The downlink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Primary key, storing the adjacency index number,

between 0 and 30 inclusive.

ulatt

float

not null

The uplink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

usergroup

integer

wimaxmobcarrierfk

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.
not null

Foreign key referencing the Mobile WiMAX carrier

used.

Foreign Key:

FK1 (projectno + wimaxmobcarrierfk) references the WIMAXMOBCARRIER table

Table WFSMAPPINGS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

121

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table WFSSERVICES
This table shows the column list:

122

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

endpointaddr

varchar2(255)

not null

Stores the Endpoint Address defined in the WFS and

WMS Services dialog box within ENTERPRISE
Administrator.

epsgcode

varchar2(32)

idname

varchar2(32)

not null

Stores the Identity defined in the WFS and WMS

Services dialog box within ENTERPRISE
Administrator.

metadata

clob

not null

Stores metadata defined in the WFS and WMS

Services dialog box within ENTERPRISE
Administrator.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

qrylifetime

integer

not null

Stores the Query Lifetime (in minutes) defined in the

WFS and WMS Services dialog box

reqtimeout

not null

Stores the Request Timeout in seconds defined in the

WFS and WMS Services dialog box within
ENTERPRISE Administrator.

wfsservicepk

not null

Identifies the WFS service key.

wfsversion

not null

Stores the WFS Version defined in the WFS and

WMS Services dialog box within ENTERPRISE
Administrator.

Stores the EPSG code for a WMS service defined in

the WFS and WMS Services dialog box within
ENTERPRISE Administrator.

Equipment Database Tables

4 Equipment Database Tables

The following table describes the equipment database tables:
This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

ANTENNADEVICE

The antenna devices

associated with antenna
patterns

devicepk

The antenna patterns

used by antenna devices

devicefk

ANTENNAPATTERN

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?
YES

projectno
FK1 - devicefk

YES

FK1 - devicefk

YES

patternpk
projectno

ANTENNAPORT

FOR FUTURE USE

projectno
portpk
devicefk

BCFTYPE

BTS

CABIN

EQUIPSUPPLIER

BCF types, defined on

the BCF tab in the Site
Database

bcftypekey

BTS equipment, defined

in the BTS equipment
dialog box

btskey

Cabin equipment,
defined in the Cabin
dialog box

cabinkey

Equipment suppliers

equipsupplierkey

YES

projectno
YES

projectno
NO

projectno
FEEDER

GSMCARATTENUATION

LOGNODEBTYPE

MASTHEADAMP

TOWER

VHMASK

Feeder equipment,
defined in the Feeder
dialog box

feederkey

Attenuation value defined

in the System Carriers
dialog box

gsmcaratte
nuation_pk

Node B Types for 3g

networks, defined in the
Node B Types dialog box

nodebtypekey

Masthead Amplifier
equipment, defined in the
Masthead Amplifier
dialog box

mhakey

Mast equipment, defined

in the Mast dialog box

projectno

The vertical and

horizontal masks for
each antenna stored in
the Antennas dialog box

maskpk

YES

projectno
NO

projectno
YES

projectno

YES

towerkey

patternfk

FK1 - patternfk +
devicefk

YES

projectno

123

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table ANTENNADEVICE
This table shows the column list:

124

Name

DataType

Constraint

antennacategory

number(38)

Indicates whether an antenna device is standard (0)

or switched beam (1).

cost

float

The cost of the antenna device, defined on the

Costing tab of the Cellular Antennas dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

depth

float

Stores the depth of the antenna device (in m),

defined on the Dimensions tab of the Cellular
Antennas dialog box.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the antenna device,

stored on the General tab of the Cellular Antennas
dialog box.

devicepk

number(38)

height

float

idname

varchar2(128)

manufacturer

varchar2(128)

Stores the name of the manufacturer of the antenna

device.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

noelements

number(38)

The number of beam patterns per antenna device,

defined on the General tab of the Cellular Antennas
dialog box.

parentkey

number(38)

Stores a number for the parent folder of the antenna

device.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the

antenna device, specified on the General tab of the
Cellular Antennas dialog box.

projectno

number(38)

supplierkey

number(38)

Stores a number identifying the antenna device

supplier, defined on the Costing tab of the Cellular
Antennas dialog box.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the weight of the antenna device (in kg),

defined on the Dimensions tab of the Cellular
Antennas dialog box.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

antenna device in the database.
Stores the height of the antenna device (in m),
defined on the Dimensions tab of the Cellular
Antennas dialog box.

not null

Stores the name of each antenna device in the

database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Equipment Database Tables

Name

DataType

width

float

Constraint

Description
Stores the width of the antenna device (in m),
defined on the Dimensions tab of the Cellular
Antennas dialog box.

Table ANTENNAPATTERN
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

antennapatternangle

float

The azimuth offset (sometimes known as horizontal

offset) of the pattern, defined on the Mask tab of the
Cellular Antennas dialog box.

configid

varchar2(64)

The Level/Parameter Config ID, defined on the Info tab

of the Antennas dialog box.

controlpatternflag

number(38)

Indicates whether a control pattern is used (1) or not

(0) (Switched beam antennas only).

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

crosspolardiscrim

float

The cross polar discrimination (in dB), defined on the

Info tab of the Antennas dialog box.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description for an antenna pattern.

devicefk

number(38)

tab of the Antennas dialog box.

gaintype

number(38)

Indicates whether the pattern gain is specified in dBi

(0) (isotropic antennas) or dBd (1) (dipole antennas).

horizontalbw

float

The horizontal beamwidth, defined on the Mask tab of

the Antennas dialog box.

idname

varchar2(128)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

parentkey

number(38)

patternpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, indicating which antenna device is used

with each pattern.

Stores the name of each pattern in the database.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Stores a number for the parent folder of the pattern.

not null

Primary Key, storing a unique number for each

pattern in the database.

125

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

with the user who created the object.

verticalbw

float

The vertical beamwidth, defined on the Mask tab of the

Antennas dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Specifies the type of tilt associated with the antenna
pattern, that is, either mechanical (1) or electrical (0).

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + devicefk) references the ANTENNADEVICE table

Table ANTENNAPORT
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

devicefk

number(38)

Not null

FOR FUTURE USE.

modifyuser

number(38)

Not null

FOR FUTURE USE.

permission

number(38)

portindex

number(38)

portlocation

varchar2(128)

portpk

number(38)

porttype

varchar2(128)

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

Table BCFTYPE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

bcftypekey

integer

not null

the BCF Type, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

nmscode

integer

The NMS Code, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

projectno

integer

usergroup

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each BCF

type.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table BTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

btskey

integer

not null

celllaypow

varchar2(1024)

Stores the power value for the cell.

cellspacing

integer

The Minimum Cell Spacing, defined on the Parameters

tab of the BTS Equipment dialog box.

cost

float

The unit cost of the BTS, defined on the Costing tab of

the BTS Equipment dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the BTS.

Idname

varchar2(128)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each BTS in

the database.

Stores the name of each BTS in the database.

127

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the BTS,

specified on the General tab of the BTS Equipment
dialog box.

projectno

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table CABIN
This table shows the column list:

128

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

cabinkey

integer

not null

cost

float

The unit cost of the cabin, defined on the Costing tab of

the Cabins dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the cabin.

height

float

The height of a cabin (in m), defined on the Dimensions

tab of the Cabins dialog box.

idname

varchar2(128)

length

float

The length of the cabin (in m), defined on the

Dimensions tab of the Cabins dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cabin

the database.

Stores the name of each cabin in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Equipment Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

parentkey

integer

Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored, in

the Cabins dialog box.
70000 = All projects folder
70001 = First created project folder.
70002 = Second created folder and so on.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the cabin,

specified on the General tab of the Cabin dialog box.

projectno

integer

supplierkey

integer

Stores a number for the cabin supplier, defined on the

Costing tab of the Cabin dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

weight

float

The weight of the cabin (in kg), defined on the

Dimensions tab of the Cabins dialog box.

width

float

The width of the cabin (in m), defined on the

Dimensions tab of the Cabins dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table EQUIPSUPPLIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

address

varchar2(255)

The equipment supplier's address, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

comments

varchar2(255)

The comments about an equipment supplier, defined on

the Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

varchar2(128)

The equipment supplier's email address, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

equipsupplierkey

integer

fax

varchar2(32)

The equipment supplier's fax number, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

name

varchar2(128)

The equipment supplier's name, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

phone

varchar2(32)

The equipment supplier's phone number, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

equipment supplier in the database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

129

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table FEEDER
This table shows the column list:

130

Name

Data Type

Constraint

connloss

float

The Total Connector Loss (in dB) for the feeder,

defined on the Losses tab of the Feeders dialog box,
and used to calculate EIRP.

float

idname

varchar2(128)

losspermetre

float

The Loss (in dB per m) of the feeder, defined on the

Losses tab of the Feeders dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

parentkey

integer

Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored,

in the Feeders dialog box.
50000 = All projects folder
50001 = First created project folder
50002 = Second created project folder, and so on.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the

feeder, specified on the General tab of the Feeders
dialog box.

projectno

integer

supplierkey

integer

Stores a number for the feeder supplier, defined on

the Costing tab of the Feeders dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

weight

float

The weight of the feeder (in kg per m), defined on the

Losses tab of the Feeders dialog box.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

feeder in the database.
The Frequency (in GHz) of the feeder, defined on the
Losses tab of the Feeders dialog box.

not null

Stores the name of each feeder in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Equipment Database Tables

Table GSMCARATTENUATION
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

attenuation

float

Constraint

Description
The value in the Attenuation field of the System Carriers
dialog box opened from the Carriers GSM/GPRS option on
the Configuration menu.

attenuationkey number(38)

Not null

Primary key, composite with projectno to form the primary

key for this table.

modifyuser

number(38)

Not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

projectno

number(38)

Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Support option has been selected (1) or not (0). This
is set on the General tab of the Node B Types dialog
box.

feeder, specified on the General tab of the Node B
Types dialog box.

projectno

res2namekey

number

Key that resource 2 uses on the node B type.

res3namekey

number

Resource 1.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Equipment Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

float

The Unit Cost of the feeder, defined on the Costing tab

of the Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the

feeder, specified on the General tab of the Mast Head
Amplifier(s) dialog box.

projectno

integer

supplierkey

integer

not null

Description

Stores the name of each mast head amplifier in the

database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each mast

head amplifier.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Stores a number identifying the feeder supplier, defined
on the Costing tab of the Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog
box.
133

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the associated weight of the mast head

amplifier.

Table TOWER
This table shows the column list:

134

Name

DataType

Constraint

cost

float

The Unit Cost of the mast, defined on the Costing tab

of the Masts dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the mast.

height

float

Stores the mast Structure Height in m, defined on the

Dimensions tab of the Masts dialog box.

idname

varchar2(128)

mastheightavail

varchar2(512)

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

mounting

integer

NOT USED.

parentkey

integer

Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored,

in the Masts dialog box.
80000 = All projects folder
80001 = First created project folder
80002 = Second created project folder and so on.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the

mast, specified on the General tab of the Masts
dialog box.

projectno

integer

sectionlength

float

NOT USED.

supplierkey

integer

Stores the a number identifying the mast supplier,

defined on the Costing tab of the Masts dialog box.

towerkey

integer

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the associated weight of the mast.

not null

Description

Stores the name of each mast in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each mast

in the database.

Equipment Database Tables

Table VHMASK
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

devicefk

number(38)

not null

Indicates which antenna device uses the mask.

mask

clob

maskpk

number(38)

modifyuser

number(38)

patternfk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each mask

in the database.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Combined horizontal and vertical Angle Loss Vector

data stored in XML format.
not null

Primary key, non unique key defaulted to 1 and

reserved for future use.
Stores a number indicating the last user who made
changes to the table.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + patternfk + devicefk) references the ANTENNAPATTERN table

135

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

136

Internal Database Tables

5 Internal Database Tables

The following table describes the internal database tables:
This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

CELLEQUIPMENT

Cell equipment, defined in

the Cell Equipment dialog
box

cellequipmentkey

The Bit Error Rate

CIBER

Foreign
Keys

Diff
Table?
YES

projectno
NO

projectno
CONFIGURATION

The options in the

Application Configuration
dialog box

optionidpk

DBCOREFRI

Relationships between
Diff tables

DBVERSION

The current database

version number, and the
number of the version
from which it was
upgraded

versionnumber

ENT_HOTFIXSCRIPT_DA
TA

'Hot fix' scripts executed

on the database.

seq_id

The database tables and

associated column fields

acfieldname

ID numbers for each new

site created

idname

Interference weights
tables, and the level of
interference expected
within a pixel based on C/I
ratio

intfweightskey

PRIORGROUPS

User groups

grpkey

PRIORGROUPUSER

Associations between
groups and users

grpkey

PRIORUSER

Users

usrkey

PRIORUSERLICCONFIG

License configuration

grpkeypk

For internal use only.

FIELDSTABLE

IDSEQUENCES

INTERFWEIGHTS

actablename
NO

projno
NO

projectno

usrkey

name
usrkeypk

NO
FK1 usrkeypk

FK2 grpkeypk

version
PRIORUSERPRIVEX

Permissions for tables

grpkeypk
permissionpk
projectno
usrkeypk

FK1 grpkeypk

FK2 usrkeypk
FK3 permissio
npk
137

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign
Keys

Diff
Table?

PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE

A short name to describe

the permission, and a
comment

permissiontypepk

PRIORUSERRIGHTS

The options in the Power

Users Permissions dialog
box.

optionidpk

PRIORUSERTYPE

All user types created and

stored in the database

usrtypepk

PROJECT

Projects

name

usrtypefk

projectnumber
PROJECTREGION

Region information for

when a project is loaded

REF_COLUMNS

projectnumber
userkey

FK1 projectnumber

Foreign key relationships

SANDBOXGROUP

NO
grpkey

sandboxusrkey
SANDBOXUSER

sandboxusrkey

usrkey

Table CELLEQUIPMENT
This table shows the column list:

138

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

cellequipmentkey

integer

not null

cost

float

The Unit cost of the cell equipment, defined on the

Costing tab of the Cell Equipment dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the cell equipment.

equipiconkey

integer

Indicates the particular ARCHITECT symbol associated

with each cell equipment.

idname

varchar2(128)

loss

float

The Equipment Loss (in dB), stored on the Info tab of the
Cell Equipment dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

NOT USED.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the

feeder, specified on the General tab of the cell
equipment dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell

equipment defined in the database.

The Part ID, stored on the General tab of the Cell

Equipment dialog box.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Internal Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

projectno

integer

not null

supplierkey

integer

Stores a unique number associating a particular supplier

with the cell equipment.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the associated weight of the cell equipment.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table CIBER
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

ber

float

number(38)

not null

Primary key, which stores the C/I value, defined in the

Define C/I BER Conversion dialog box.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Stores the BER, defined on the Define C/I BER

Conversion dialog box.

Table CONFIGURATION
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

active

integer

not null

Indicates whether this option is currently active (1)

or not (0).

activebydefault

integer

not null

Indicates whether this option is active by default (1)

or not (0).

description

varchar2(2048)

not null

The full description of the option, which is displayed

in the Description pane of the Configuration dialog
box in Administrator.

englishname

varchar2(128)

not null

its parent option.

139

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table DBCORERFI
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

xmldata

clob

Constraint Description
Stores hierarchical links to the relationships between
tables in an XML format.

Table DBVERSION
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

upgradeversion

integer

versionnumber

integer

Constraint

Description
The version number of the database from which the
user upgraded.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for the version

of the database the user is currently using.

Table
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

comment_data varchar2(400
0)

Constraint

Description

not null

Internal use only. Records purpose of script.

executing user varchar2(128) not null

Internal use only. Shows which user executed script.

execution_time date

Internal use only. Shows when script was executed.

not null

reference_id

varchar2(128) not null

Internal use only. Shows JIRA or UTS identifier.

seq_id

number(38)

Internal use only. Primary key.

not null

Table FIELDSTABLE
This table shows the column list:

140

Name

DataType

acfieldlength

integer

acfieldname

varchar2(32)

acfieldtype

varchar2(32)

actablename

varchar2(32)

Constraint Description
The length of field entries of the varchar2 and float data
type.
not null

Primary key, storing the name of each field in the

database.
The data type of each field.

not null

Primary key, storing the name of each table in the

database.

Internal Database Tables

Table IDSEQUENCES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

Primary key, storing the name of the network element.

nextv

number

projno

number

The last number used when a new network element

was created.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table INTERFWEIGHTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

ci_db0

float

The first CI_dB value in the Define Interference Weights

dialog box.

ci_db60

float

The last CI_dB value in the Define Interference Weights

dialog box.

intfweightskey

integer

maxci_db

integer

The maximum CI_dB value in the Define Interference

Weights dialog box.

minci_db

integer

The minimum CI_dB value in the Define Interference

Weights dialog box.

name

varchar2(128)

The name of the group of interference weights, defined

in the Define Interference Weights dialog box.

projectno

integer

(and so on up to )

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

CI_dB/Percentage pair in the database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table PRIORGROUPS
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

distrcovagentlimit

integer

not null

Stores the maximum number of distributed coverage

agents, if this has been specified on the Group
Properties dialog box.

distrcovenabled

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Enable Distribution option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Distributed Coverage tab of the Group Properties
dialog box.

distrcovpriority

integer

not null

Indicates the relative priority of the user for the

processing of distributed coverage - Lowest (1), Low
(50), Medium (100), High (500) or Highest (10000).
Defined on the Distributed Coverage tab of the Group
Properties dialog box.

141

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

distrcovunlimagents

integer

not null

Indicates whether an Unlimited maximum number of

agents has been selected (1) or not (0). Defined on
the Distributed Coverage tab of the Group Properties
dialog box.

distrpredagentlimit

integer

not null

Stores the maximum number of distributed

predictions agents, if this has been specified on the
Group Properties dialog box.

distrpredenabled

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Enable Distribution option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Distributed Predictions tab of the Group Properties
dialog box.

distrpredpriority

integer

not null

Indicates the relative priority of the user for the

processing of distributed predictions - Lowest (1),
Low (50), Medium (100), High (500) or Highest
(10000). Defined on the Distributed Predictions tab of
the Group Properties dialog box.

distrpredunlimagents integer

not null

Indicates whether an Unlimited maximum number of

agents has been selected (1) or not (0). Defined on
the Distributed Predictions tab of the Group
Properties dialog box.

grp

varchar2(128)

The name of the group, defined in ENTERPRISE

Administrator.

grpcom

varchar2(255)

selected (1) or not (0) on the Group Properties
License Configuration tab in ENTERPRISE
Administrator.

projectpriv

integer

Indicates whether the group has the Enable Project

Creation privilege (1) or not (0).

showprojectpriv

integer

Indicates whether this group can view projects for

which it does not have the Open Project permission.

Table PRIORGROUPUSER
This table shows the column list:

142

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

grpkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each group in

the database.

usrkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating a

user with a particular group.

Internal Database Tables

Table PRIORUSER
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

address

varchar2(1000)

processing of distributed predictions - Lowest (1), Low
(50), Medium (100), High (500) or Highest (10000).
Defined on the Distributed Predictions tab of the User
Properties dialog box.

distrpredunlimagents integer

not null

Indicates whether an Unlimited maximum number of

agents has been selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Distributed Predictions tab of the User Properties
dialog box.

not null

Indicates whether the Apply Licence Commute Control

option is selected (1) or not (0) on the User Properties
Licence Configuration tab in ENTERPRISE
Administrator.

licstartoption

integer

not null

Indicates the Startup Mode defined on the User

Properties Licence Configuration tab in ENTERPRISE
Administrator. Can be Prompt (0), User Configuration
(1), All (2), Group Configuration (3).

page of the Create A New User dialog box.

usrkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in

the database.

usrtype

integer

not null

Indicates the user type.

visibilitygroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user with read permissions for this object.

visibilitymask

integer

Three digit code that provides the read permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see the
ENTERPRISE Installation and Administration Guide.

workno

varchar2(30)

The Work Number of the user, defined on the 5th page

of the Create A New User dialog box.

The Last Name of the user, defined on the 1st page of

the Create A New User dialog box.

Foreign Keys:

144

FK1 (usrtype) references the PRIORUSERTYPE table

Internal Database Tables

Table PRIORUSERLICCONFIG
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

active

number(38)

not null

Indicates whether the Request option for a license is

selected(1) or not (0). Defined on the License
Configuration page of the Create New User Wizard in
ENTERPRISE Administrator.

allowed

number(38)

not null

Indicates whether the Allowed option for a license is

selected(1) or not (0). Defined on the License
Configuration page of the Create New User Wizard in
ENTERPRISE Administrator.

commuteallowed

number(38)

not null

Indicates whether the Commute option for a license is

selected(1) or not (0). Defined on the License
Configuration page of the Create New User Wizard in
ENTERPRISE Administrator.

grpkeypk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, a unique number identifying the group.

name

varchar2(64)

not null

Primary key, identifying the internal name for the

license.

usrkeypk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, a unique number identifying the user.

version

varchar2(64)

not null

Primary key, identifying the internal version of the

license.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 ( usrkeypk + projectno) references the PRIORUSER table

FK2 ( grpkeypk + projectno) references the PRIORGROUPS table

Table PRIORUSERPRIVEX
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

grpkeypk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

user with a particular group.

permissionpk

integer

not null

Primary key defining a particular instance of a

permission type.

permvalue

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

usrkeypk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in

the database.

Stores the value of the permission, either 0 or 1.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (grpkeypk) references the PRIORGROUPS table

FK2 (usrkeypk) references the PRIORUSER table

FK3 (permissionpk) references the PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE table

145

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

permissiontypepk

integer

not null

Primary key defining the permission.

shortname

varchar2(64)

Stores a short name to describe the

permission, which the code references.

usercomment

varchar2(255)

Comment made by the user.

Table PRIORUSERRIGHTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

allowed

integer

not null

Indicates whether the option is currently

selected (1) or not (0) in the Power Users
Permissions dialog box.

allowedbydefault

integer

not null

Indicates whether the option is selected by

default (1) or not (0) in the Power Users
Permissions dialog box.

description

varchar2(2048)

not null

The full description of the option, which is

displayed in the Description pane of the
Power Users Permissions dialog box.

englishname

varchar2(128)

not null

between the various users. SuperUser (0),
Regional SuperUser (1), Normal User (2) and
Power User (3).

Table PRIORUSERTYPE
This table shows the column list:

146

Name

DataType

typename

varchar2(255)

usrtypepk

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores the name of the user type.

not null

Primary key, which provides distinction

between the various users. SuperUser (0),
Regional SuperUser (1), Normal User (2) and
Power User (3).

Internal Database Tables

Table PROJECT
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

htdir

varchar2(255)

Stores the path to the Heights directory

associated with the project, defined on the
Map data directories tab on the Modify Project
dialog box.

isremote

integer

Indicates whether the project is remote (1) or

not (0).

147

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

148

Name

DataType

modified, defined on the Info tab of the Modify
Project dialog box.

name

varchar2(128)

northmax

integer

The Northing Maximum co-ordinates for the

map data extents, defined on the Map Data
Extents tab of the Modify Project dialog box.

northmin

integer

The Northing Minimum co-ordinates for the

map data extents, defined on the Map Data
Extents tab of the Modify Project dialog box.

optdata

varchar2(255)

The OPTIMA DataSource, defined on the

OPTIMA Login tab of the Modify Project dialog
box.

optpasswd

varchar2(255)

The OPTIMA Password, defined on the

OPTIMA Login tab of the Modify Project dialog
box.

optuid

varchar2(255)

The OPTIMA UserId, defined on the OPTIMA

pallettedir

varchar2(255)

Stores the path to the Color palette file

associated with the project, defined on the
User data directories tab of the Modify Project
dialog box.

predictiondir

varchar2(255)

Stores the path to the Prediction directory

associated with the project, defined on the
User data directories tab of the Modify Project
dialog box.

projection

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a

particular projection with the project.

projectnumber

integer

rmcreator

integer

Stores a unique number, identifying the user

who created the remote project.

scanmapdir

varchar2(255)

Stores the path to the scanned map directory

associated with the project, defined on the
Map data directories tab of the Modify Project
dialog box.

tablenumber

integer

The project number of the shared project. If

the project is not shared, this will be the same
as the project number.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing the Project name.

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.

Internal Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

targetmasterfiledir

varchar2(255)

Stores the path to the TARGET master file

associated with the project, defined of the
Modify Project dialog box.

textdir

varchar2(255)

Stores the path to the Text directory

table_type

varchar2(1)

The name of the column containing the foreign

key.
not null

not null

The name of the constraint found in the foreign

table.

The name of the foreign table.

The table type.

Table SANDBOXGROUP
This table describes the column list:

150

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

grpkey

number

Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

sandbox group in the database.

sandboxusrke number
y

Not null

Identifies a user added to a sandbox in

ENTERPRISE Administrator.

Internal Database Tables

Table SANDBOXUSER
This table describes the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

sandboxusrkey

number

Not null

Identifies a user added to a sandbox in

ENTERPRISE Administrator.

usrkey

number

Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

sandbox group in the database.

151

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

152

Logical Network Database Tables

6 Logical Network Database Tables

The following table describes the logical network database tables:
This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

CARRIEDTRAFFICDETAIL

Carried traffic
amounts at the
cell level

cartrafdetpk

FK1 lognodetypefk

YES

projectno

FK2 termtypekeyfk
FK3 - servicekeyfk

CARRIEDTRAFFICTOTAL

GENERICNBR

Carried traffic
amounts at the
site level

cartraftotpk

Cell
neighbours
created in the
projects

carrierkey

projectno

FK1 lognodetypefk

YES

nbrcarrierkey
nbrkey
nbrtech
parentkey
parenttech
projectno

GENREPEATER

GENREPEATERFEEDER

LOGATTACHMENT

LOGCELL

Repeaters,
defined in the
Site Database

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

Feeders
attached to
repeaters

projectno

FK1 - feederfk

YES

Attachments in
the logical
network

attachpk

All common
elements of a
cell element

logcellpk

FK1 - lognodefk

projectno

FK2 lognodetypefk

projectno

repeaterfeederpk
YES

projectno

logcelltypefk

YES

FK3 - logcelltypefk
LOGCONNECTION

LOGCONNROUTE

LOGCONNRTHOP

LOGCONNTRAFFIC

LOGIS95ANTENNA

Logical
connections

logconnkey

FK1 - lognodeafk

YES

projectno

FK2 - lognodebfk

Logical
connection
routes

connroutepk

FK1 - logconnfk

YES

Logical
connection
route hops

projectno

FK1 - logconnfk

YES

Logical
connection
traffic

logconnkey

FK1 - logconnfk

YES

IS95 antennas
in logical
networks

is95antpk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

projectno

routehoppk

projectno

projectno
153

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

LOGIS95BS

IS95 BSs in
logical
networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

IS95 BSCs in
logical
networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

IS95 carriers in
logical
networks

is95carpk

FK1 - is95carpk

YES

projectno

FK2 - logbsfk

IS95 carrier
layer sites in
logical
networks

is95bspk

FK1 - is95clusterfk

IS95 clusters
in logical
networks

is95clusterpk

IS95 feeders in
logical
networks

is95feedpk

FK1 - is95antfk

projectno

FK2 - is95sectorfk

IS95 MSCs in
logical
networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

IS95 sector
carriers in
logical
networks

projectno

FK1 - carrierfk

YES

seccarpk

FK2 - sectorfk

IS95 sectors in
logical
networks

projectno

FK1 - logbsfk

YES

LTE antennas
in logical
networks.

nodeantennapk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

LTE carriers in
logical
networks

carrierpk

FK1 - ltecarrierfk

YES

projectno

FK2 - lognodefk

LTE cells in
logical
networks

cellpk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

LTE cell
carriers in
logical
networks

cellcarrierpk

FK1 - ltecellfk

YES

LTE feeders in
logical
networks

projectno

FK1 - antfk

YES

feedpk

FK2 - ltecellfk

LTE nodes in
logical
networks

lognodepk

FK1 lognodetypepk +
lognodetypefk

LOGIS95BSC

LOGIS95CAR

LOGIS95CLSITE

LOGIS95CLUSTER

LOGIS95FEEDER

LOGIS95MSC

LOGIS95SECCAR

LOGIS95SECTOR

LOGLTEANTENNA

LOGLTECAR

LOGLTECELL

LOGLTECELLCAR

LOGLTEFEEDER

LOGLTENODE

projectno

YES

projectno

YES

projectno
YES

projectno

sectorpk

projectno

YES

FK2 lognodetypefk
LOGMME

154

MME nodes in
logical
networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

projectno

FK2 lognodetypefk

YES

Logical Network Database Tables

This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

LOGNETWORK

The logical
network

lognetworkpk

FK1 - parentfk only

YES

projectno

FK2 networktypefk only

Logical nodes

lognodepk

FK1 lognodetypefk only

LOGNODE

projectno

YES

FK2 - addressfk
FK3 - lognetworkfk
LOGNODEB

Logical node
Bs

lognodepk

Logical node
traffic

projectno

LOGNODETYPE

The logical
node types in
the network

lognodetypekey

LOGPLMN

The logical
PLMN network

lognetworkpk

Logical RNCs

lognodepk

LOGNODETRAFFIC

LOGRNC

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

projectno

trafficpk
NO

FK1 - lognetworkpk

YES

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

projectno

projectno
LOGSAEGW

LOGUMTSANTENNA

LOGUMTSCAR

LOGUMTSCELL

LOGUMTSCELLCAR

LOGUMTSFEEDER

LOGWIFIANTENNA

LOGWIFICAR

LOGWIFICELL

SAEGW nodes
in logical
networks

logsaegwpk

UMTS
antennas in
logical
networks

projectno

UMTS carriers
in logical
networks

projectno

FK1 - lognodefk

umtscarpk

FK2 - tgcarrierfk

UMTS cells in
logical
networks

projectno

FK1 - lognodefk

umtscellpk

FK2 - umtscarfk

UMTS cell
carriers in
logical
networks

projectno

FK1 - umtscellfk

cellcarrierpk

FK2 - carrierfk

UMTS feeders
in logical
networks

projectno

FK1 - umtsantfk

umtsfeedpk

FK2 - umtscellfk

Wi-Fi antennas
in logical
networks

nodeantennapk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

Wi-Fi carriers
in logical
networks

carrierpk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

projectno

FK2 - wificarrierfk

Wi-Fi cells in
logical
networks

logcellpk

FK1 - logcellpk
logcelltypefk

projectno

umtsantpk

YES

projectno

carrierno

YES

FK2 - logcelltypefk

155

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

LOGWIFICELLCAR

Wi-Fi cell
carriers in
logical
networks

cellcarrierpk

FK1 - wificellfk

YES

projectno

FK2 - carrierfk

Wi-Fi feeders
in logical
networks

feedpk

FK1 - antfk

projectno

FK2 -wificellfk

Logical Wi-Fi
nodes

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

projectno

lognodetypefk

LOGWIFIFEEDER

LOGWIFINODE

YES

FK2 - logcelltypefk
LOGWIMAXANTENNA

FK1 logwimaxfk

YES

carrierpk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

projectno

FK2 wimaxcarrierfk

Fixed WiMAX
cells in logical
networks

cellpk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

Fixed WiMAX
cell carriers in
logical
networks

cellcarrierpk

FK1 - wimaxcellfk

YES

projectno

FK2 - carrierfk

Fixed WiMAX
feeders in
logical
networks

feedpk

FK1 - antfk

projectno

FK2 - wimaxcellfk

LOGWIMAXMOBANTENN
A

Mobile WiMAX
antennas in
logical
networks

nodeantennapk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

LOGWIMAXMOBCAR

Mobile WiMAX
carriers in
logical
networks

carrierpk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

projectno

FK2 wimaxmobcarrierfk

Mobile WiMAX
cells in logical
networks

cellpk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

Mobile WiMAX
cell carriers in
logical
networks

cellcarrierpk

FK1 wimaxmobcellfk

YES

Mobile WiMAX
feeders in
logical
networks

feedpk

FK1 - antfk

projectno

FK2 wimaxmobcellfk

Mobile WiMAX
nodes in
logical
networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

LOGWIMAXCAR

LOGWIMAXCELL

LOGWIMAXCELLCAR

LOGWIMAXFEEDER

LOGWIMAXMOBCELL

LOGWIMAXMOBCELLCA
R

LOGWIMAXMOBFEEDER

LOGWIMAXMOBNODE

156

Fixed WiMAX
antennas in
logical
networks

nodeantennapk

Fixed WiMAX
carriers in
logical
networks

projectno

YES

projectno

FK2 - carrierfk

projectno

YES

Logical Network Database Tables

This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

LOGWIMAXNODE

Fixed WiMAX
nodes in
logical
networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

Physical
Antennas

phyantennapk

FK1 - addessfk

YES

Physical
Antenna Ports

phyantenaportp
k

FK1 - phyantennafk

YES

projectno

FK1 - lognodebfk

YES

trafficpk

FK2 - tgdlbitratefk

PHYANTENNA

PHYANTENNAPORT

projectno

projectno
SIMTRAF

Served traffic
from the 3g
Simulator
(including
handover
traffic)

FK3 - tgulbitratefk
FK4 - tgservicefk
FK 5 lognodetypebfk

SITEADDRESS

Address
details for
contacts,
defined in the
Property
Management
dialog box

SITEADDRESS_GEOM

cellkey

FK1 - sitekey

YES

projectno

addresskey_fk

projectno

Table CARRIEDTRAFFICDETAIL
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

cartrafdetpk

number(38)

not null

interhothroughputdl

float

The Downlink Inter-Site HO % defined on the Carried

Traffic Tab for CDMA and UMTS cells in the Site
Database.

interhothroughputul

float

a database.

Primary Key, identifying the terminal/service pair for a

cell in the Site Database.

157

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

protected

number(1)

servicekeyfk

number(38)

terminalcount

float

termtypekeyfk

number(38)

throughputdl

float

The Download Total traffic in kbps defined on the Carried

Traffic Tab for a cell in the Site Database.

throughputul

float

The Upload Total traffic in kbps defined on the Carried

Traffic Tab for a cell in the Site Database.

Indicates whether the Protected option on the Carried

Traffic Tab for a cell in the Site Database is selected(1) or
not (0).
not null

Foreign key that identifies the service type.

The number of terminals defined on the Carried Traffic
Tab for a cell in the Site Database.

not null

Foreign key that identifies the service type.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

FK2 (termtypekeyfk + projectno) references the TERMTYPE table

FK3 (servicekeyfk + projectno) references the TGSERVICE table

Table CARRIEDTRAFFICTOTAL
This table shows the column list:

158

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cartraftotpk

number(38)

not null

Traffic Pane on the Carried Traffic Tab for a Site in the
Site Database.

Indicates whether the Protected option in the PS Traffic

or the CS Traffic pane on the Carried Traffic Tab for a
Site in the Site Database is selected(1) or not (0).
not null

Indicates the switching method to which the carried

traffic belongs on the Carried Traffic Tab for a Site in the
Site Database. PS(1) or CS(0).

Logical Network Database Tables

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table GENERICNBR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cellcarrierkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating a

particular carrier with the outward neighbour.

direction

number(38)

Neighbour relations are stored as "outward

neighbour". This value will always be 2.

handovertype

not null

Indicates the selected output signal calculation method

for an LTE repeater - either Specify DL Gain (0) or
Specify Output Power (1).
This is defined on the Config tab for an LTE repeater in
the Site Database.

cellfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number associating the repeater with a

particular cell.

dlgain

float

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

repeater with a particular logical node.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the repeater with a

particular logical node type.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

predresolution

number(38)

Stores the repeaters prediction resolution calculations.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

rxantennafk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with

the receiving element of the repeater.

technology

integer

txantennafk

number(38)

ulgain

float

The uplink gain (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the

Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.

ulnoisefactor

float

The uplink noise (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the

Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.

The downlink gain (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the

Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.

Indicates the technology type of the repeater: UMTS

(257), CDMA2000 or EV-DO (0), Fixed WiMAX (512),
Mobile WiMAX (2048).
not null

Associates the antenna with the transmitted element of

the repeater.

Foreign Keys:

160

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Logical Network Database Tables

Table GENREPEATERFEEDER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constrain Description
t

antennatypefk

number(38)

not null

azimuth

float

Stores the repeater's feeder azimuth bearing.

coordx

float

Stores the co-ordinate of the site's location.

Stores the feeder length.

feederloss

float

Stores any feeder losses.

feedertype

number(38)

height

float

Stores the height of the feeder.

heightoffset

float

The Height-Pred Offset in metres defined on the Physical

Antennas tab for a property in the Site Database.

mastheadampfk

number(38)

mhagain_db

float

modelfk

number(38)

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

objecttype

number(38)

outputpower

float

The Output Power in dBm defined on the Config tab for a

repeater in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

predmodelkey1

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction Model

selected on the Config tab for a repeater in the Site
Database.

predmodelkey2

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Model selected on the Config tab for a repeater in the
Site Database.

predradius

number(38)

NOT USED.

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

antenna type with the feeder.

References the link between the repeater and the feeder

type.

Stores information about the type of feeder used.

References the link between the repeater and the mast

head amplifier.
Stores the mast head amplifier gain difference in dB.

not null

References the link between a repeater and a repeater

model.

Distinguishes between objects in the database.

161

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Resolution in metres defined on the Config tab for a
repeater in the Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

repeaterfeederpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key field, storing the unique identifier for a

repeater feeder.

repeaterfk

number(38)

not null

References a repeater to a feeder.

162

FK1 (projectno + feederfk) references the GENREPEATER table

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGATTACHMENT
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

attachpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

attachment in the database.

comments

varchar2 (255)

in a database.

Table LOGCELL
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

celloverride
colorref

number(38)

Indicates whether the Override option in the Service Area

Colour pane of the General tab for a GSM,UMTS,LTE or
WiFi cell in the Site Database is selected (1) or not (0).

createdate

date

its parent.

lognodetypefk number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the logical cell with a

particular logical node type.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
163

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

secname

varchar2(128)

The Cell Name or sector name, defined on the General

tab for a cell or sector in the Site Database.

visibility

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the read permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see the
ENTERPRISE Installation and Administration Guide.

visibilitygroup number(38)

Description

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user with read permissions for this object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (logcelltypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

FK3 (projectno + lognodefk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

Table LOGCONNECTION
This table shows the column list:

164

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

conntype

number(38)

not null

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(256)

connection.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usercomment

varchar2(255)

Stores any optional comments about the connection.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Indicates the type of connection.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

visibility

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the read permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see the
ENTERPRISE Installation and Administration Guide.

visibilitygroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user with read permissions for this object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodeafk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (projectno + lognodebfk) references the LOGNODE table

Table LOGCONNROUTE
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

connroutepk

number(38)

not null

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

indexno

number(38)

Stores the route's index number.

logconnfk

number(38)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usercomment

varchar2(255)

Optional description that can be added to each

attachment.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

connection route in the database.

Stores a unique number, associating a particular logical

connection with the connection route.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + logconnfk) references the LOGCONNECTION table

165

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table LOGCONNRTHOP
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

createdate

date

with a particular link.

logconnfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the route hop

with a particular logical connection.

logconnrtfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the route hop

with a particular connection route.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

routehoppk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each route

hop.

startend

number(38)

Indicates whether is start point A (0) or end point B (1).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + logconnrtfk) references the LOGCONNROUTE table

Table LOGCONNTRAFFIC
This table shows the column list:

166

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

atobcstrafmbps

float

The CS traffic from End A -> End B (in mbps),

defined on the Traffic tab of the Logical/Cellular
Connection Database.

atobpstrafmbps

float

The PS traffic from End A -> End B (in mbps),

defined on the Traffic tab of the Logical/Cellular
Connection Database.

atobtottrafmbps

float

The total (CS + PS) traffic from End A -> End B (in
mbps), defined on the Traffic tab of the
Logical/Cellular Connection Database.

btoacstrafmbps

float

The CS traffic from End B -> End A (in mbps),

defined on the Traffic tab of the Logical/Cellular
Connection Database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

btoapstrafmbps

float

The PS traffic from End B -> End A (in mbps),

defined on the Traffic tab of the Logical/Cellular
Connection Database.

btoatottrafmbps

float

The total (CS + PS) traffic from End B -> End A (in
mbps), defined on the Traffic tab of the
Logical/Cellular Connection Database.

createdate

date

defined on the Traffic tab of the Logical/Cellular
Connection Database.

endbulpsperc

float

The End B UL Percentage for PS traffic (in %),

defined on the Traffic tab of the Logical/Cellular
Connection Database.

logconnfk

number(38)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

overrride

number(38)

not null

Description

Stores a unique number, associating the traffic with

a particular logical connection.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

logical connection traffic.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

167

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + logconnfk) references the LOGCONNECTION table

Table LOGIS95ANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

anttypefixed

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the antenna status on the
Antenna Constraints tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the
Site Database:
0 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern are not fixed
2 - Antenna Device fixed
3 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern fixed

anttypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, indicating the antenna used.

corrfactor

float

The Antenna Correction (Corr. Gain) Factor (in dB),

defined on the Antennas tab for a CDMA2000 BS in
the Site Database.

diplexers

varchar2(512)

Represents the diplexers in the connection path to a

cell, shown on the Physical Antennas tab for a
property in the Site Database.

electiltstep

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Electrical Downtilt Step value,

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a
CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.
If the Electrical Downtilt Step has not been enabled,
but still has a value, then the value shown will be
equal to:
180 + Step Value

etilt

float

NOT USED.

freqband

number(38)

NOT USED.

indexno

number(38)

A number used to sequence the CDMA2000

antennas.
This number is created when the antenna is added
and is a static value that does not get updated if
antennas are removed. This means that the values
can be non-sequential.

inheritmasterpatter
n

integer

Indicates the choice of antenna pattern on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database as follows:
0 = Do not inherit a master pattern and use the
antenna type identified by the anttypefk value in this
table above.
1 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern1fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.
2 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern2fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.
3 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern3fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.
4 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern4fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.

instanceid

168

varchar2(128)

The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a

CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

is95antpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

CDMA2000 antenna in the database.

lognodefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the antenna

with a particular logical node.

maxelectilt

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Max Electrical Downtilt value,

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a
CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.
If the Max Electrical Downtilt has not been enabled,
but still has a value, then the value shown will be
equal to:
270 + Value

maxlobetilt

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Max Total Downtilt, defined on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a CDMA2000 BS in
the Site Database.
If the Max Total Downtilt has not been enabled, but
still has a value, then the value shown will be equal
to:
270 + Value

minelectilt

number(38)

Radius in kilometres defined on the Antennas tab in
the Site Database.
169

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

predradiusmet2

float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Radius in kilometres defined on the Antennas tab in
the Site Database.

predresolutionimp1 float

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionimp2 float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionmet1 float

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in
the Site Database.

predresolutionmet2 float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in
the Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

repeater

number(38)

siteaddresskey

number(38)

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Indicates if a connected repeater is used (1) or not
(0). This is defined on the Antennas tab for a
CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the CDMA2000

antenna with a particular Property.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGIS95BS table

Table LOGIS95BS
This table shows the column list:

170

Name

Data Type

Constraint

on the Carried Traffic tab for a CDMA2000 BS in
the Site Database.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Stores the radius of the sector.

Logical Network Database Tables

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGIS95BSC
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

lognodepk

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating

each CDMA2000 BSC with a logical node.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the CDMA2000

BSC with a particular logical node type.

modifyuser

number

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

supports_sho

number

Indicates whether the CDMA2000 BSC supports soft

handover (1) or not (0).

twowayhandover float

Indicates the 2-Way HO percentage defined on the

Carried Traffic tab for a CDMA2000 BSC in the Site
Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGIS95CAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constrain Description
t

is95carpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

CDMA2000 carrier in the database.

is95carrierdatafk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

set of CDMA2000 carrier data with a CDMA2000
carrier.

logbsfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the

CDMA2000 carrier with a particular CDMA2000
BS.

modifyuser

Constrain Description
t
The number of traffic channel elements at a
particular data rate.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + is95carrierdatafk) references the IS95CARRIER table

FK2 (projectno + logbsfk) references the LOGIS95BS table

Table LOGIS95CLSITE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

createdate

in the database.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + is95clusterfk) references the LOGIS95CLUSTER table

Table LOGIS95CLUSTER
This table shows the column list:

172

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

Idname

varchar2(128)

User defined identifier for each particular cluster.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

Is95clusterpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, stores a unique number for each

CDMA2000 cluster in the database.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table LOGIS95FEEDER
This table shows the column list:
Name

tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

otherlosses

float

The Other Downlink Losses (in dB), defined on the

Antennas tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Description

Stores a unique number identifying the MHA

(MastHead Amplifier) type.
The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab
for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

173

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

rxdiv

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Indicates whether RX Diversity is being used (1) or
not (0).
This is defined on the Antennas tab for a CDMA
sector in the Site Database.

txdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether TX Diversity is being used (1) or

not (0).
This is defined on the Antennas tab for a CDMA
sector in the Site Database.

ulgain

float

The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + is95antfk) references the LOGIS95ANTENNA table

FK2 (projectno + is95sectorfk) references the LOGIS95SECTOR table

Table LOGIS95MSC
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

CDMA2000MSC with a particular logical node.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the CDMA2000

MSC with a particular logical node type.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

needsbsc

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

supports_sho

number(38)

Indicates whether the CDMA2000MSC needs a

CDMA2000BSC (1) or not (0).
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Indicates whether the CDMA2000MSC supports soft
handover (1) or not (0).

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGIS95SECCAR
This table shows the column list:

174

Name

Data Type

activesetsize

number(38)

Constraint Description
The Active Set size, defined on the Power/Sho
subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA sector in
the Site Database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

broadcastcntrlchanpwr

float

The Broadcast Control Channel Power (in

dBm), defined on the Channel Power subtab of
the Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

broadcastcntrl
chanpwrcheck

integer

Indicates whether the Broadcast Control

Channel Power parameter has been selected
(1) or not (0).

carrierfk

number(38)

codeorthofactor

float

dedicatedchanelems

number(38)

Stores the number of dedicated channel

elements.

dedicatedctrlchanpwr

float

The Dedicated Control Channel Power (in

dBm), defined on the Channel Power subtab of
the Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

dedicatedctrlchanpwrcheck

integer

Indicates whether the Dedicated Control

Channel Power parameter has been selected
(1) or not (0).

excessnoise_check

integer

Indicates whether the Excess Noise parameter

has been selected (1) or not (0).

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the CDMA

maxpapwr_dbm

float

The Max PA Power (in dBm), defined on the

Power/Sho subtab of the Params tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

maxprimchanspool

number(38)

The Maximum Primary Channels, defined on

the Channel Pool subtab of the Params tab for
a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

maxpwrperchan_dbm

float

minpwrperchan_dbm

float

Stores the minimum power per channel.

minsupppwr_dbm

float

The Min Supplemental Channel Power (in

dBm/bit), defined on the Power/Sho subtab of
the Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

modifyuser

number(38)

noiseriselmt_db

float

The Noise Rise Limit (in dB), defined on the

General subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA
sector.

numchanspool

number(38)

The Number of Channels, defined on the

Channel Pool subtab of the Params tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

numpagingchans

number(38)

The Number of Paging Channels, defined on

the Paging subtab of the Params tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

numpooledprimchanelems

number(38)

Stores the number of pooled primary channel

elements.

orthogfactor

float

the Channel Power subtab of the Params tab
for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

projectno

rcvrnoisefigure_dbm

float

The Receiver Noise Figure (in dB), defined on

the General subtab of the Params tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

rx_loss_db

float

The RX Splitter Loss (in dB), defined on the

General subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA
sector in the Site Database.

scramblingcode

number(38)

FOR FUTURE USE

scramblingcodegrp

number(38)

FOR FUTURE USE

seccarpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number

identifying the sector carrier.

sectorfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number identifying the sector.

spconfig

number(38)

FOR FUTURE USE

syncchandatarate_kbs

float

Stores the synchronized channel data rate

syncchanpwr_dbm

float

The Sync Channel Power (in dBm), defined on

the Channel Power subtab of the Params tab
for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

synchchanpwrcheck

integer

Indicates whether the Sync Channel Power

parameter has been selected (1) or not (0).

t_drop_db

float

The T_Drop value (in dB), defined on the

Power/Sho subtab of the Params tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

177

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

tx_loss_db

float

The TX Combiner Loss (in dB), defined on the

General subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA
sector in the Site Database.

usedbmbit

integer

Indicates whether the Use dBm/bit units for

traffic channel power limits option has been
selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Power/Sho subtab of the
Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGIS95CAR table

FK2 (projectno + sectorfk) references the LOGIS95SECTOR table

Table LOGIS95SECTOR
This table shows the column list:

178

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

logcellpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each CDMA sector in the database.

logcelltypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the

logical cell type with its parent.

maxhochanspool

number(38)

NOT USED.

maxprimchanspool

number(38)

NOT USED.

modifyuser

number(38)

numchanspool

number(38)

The Number of Channels, defined on the

General tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

pncode

number(38)

The Short PN Code Offset, defined on the

General tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

projectno

number(38)

signallingoverhead

float

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.
The Signalling Overhead percentage defined
on the Carried Traffic tab for a CDMA sector
in the Site Database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGLTEANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

anttypefixed

number(38)

Constraint Description
Stores a number indicating the antenna status on the
Antenna tab for an LTE node in the Site Database:
0 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern are not fixed
2 - Antenna Device fixed
3 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern fixed

anttypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

corrfactor

float

The downlink antenna correction (DL Corr. Gain)

factor (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for an LTE
node in the Site Database.

diplexers

varchar2(512)

Represents the diplexers in the connection path to a

cell, shown on the Physical Antennas tab for a
property in the Site Database.

electiltstep

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Electrical Downtilt Step value,

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE
node in the Site Database.
If the Electrical Downtilt Step has not been enabled,
but still has a value, then the value shown will be
equal to:
180 + Step Value

etilt

float

NOT USED.

freqband

number(38)

NOT USED.

indexno

number(38)

A number used to sequence the logical LTE

antennas.
This number is created when the antenna is added
and is a static value that does not get updated if
antennas are removed. This means that the values
can be non-sequential.

inheritmasterpattern

integer

Indicates the choice of antenna pattern on the

instanceid

varchar2(128)

lognodefk

number(38)

The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for an

LTE node in the Site Database.
not null

Stores a unique number, associating the antenna

with a particular logical node.

179

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

maxelectilt

number(38)

Constraint Description
Indicates the enabled Max Electrical Downtilt value,
defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE
node in the Site Database.
If the Max Electrical Downtilt has not been enabled,
but still has a value, then the value shown will be
equal to:
270 + Value

maxlobetilt

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Max Total Downtilt, defined on

the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE node in the
Site Database.
If the Max Total Downtilt has not been enabled, but
still has a value, then the value shown will be equal
to:
270 + Value

minelectilt

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Min Electrical Downtilt value,

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE
node in the Site Database.
If the Min Electrical Downtilt has not been enabled,
but still has a value, then the value shown will be
equal to:
270 + Value

minlobetilt

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Min Total Downtilt, defined on

the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE node in the
Site Database.
If the Min Total Downtilt has not been enabled, but
still has a value, then the value shown will be equal
to:
270 + Value

180

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

nodeantennapk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

logical LTE antenna in the database.

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionmet1

float

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in
the Site Database.

predresolutionmet2

float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in
the Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

repeater

number(38)

siteaddresskey

number(38)

ulgaincorrfactor

float

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Indicates if a connected repeater is used (1) or not
(0). This is defined on the Antennas tab for an LTE
node in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the LTE

antenna with a particular Property.
The uplink antenna correction (UL Corr. Gain) factor
(in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for an LTE node
in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGLTENODE table

Table LOGLTECAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrierpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each LTE

carrier in the database.

lognodefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the logical LTE

carrier with a particular logical node.

ltecarrierfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the

enodeB.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 ( ltecarrierfk + projectno) references the LTECARRIER table

FK2 ( lognodefk + projectno) references the LOGLTENODE table

181

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table LOGLTECELL
This table shows the column list:

182

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

actual_range

float

The Actual Range in km indicated on the RACH RSI

tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

assigned_first_rsi

number(3)

The Assigned First RSI value indicated on the

RACH RSI tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

assigned_num_rsi

number(2)

The Assigned Number of RSI indicated on the

RACH RSI tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

auto_update_pre_fmt

number(1)

Indicates whether Auto-update preamble format is

enabled (1) or not (0). Defined in the RSI
Assignment pane of the RACH RSI tab for an LTE
cell in the Site Database.

beamformarrayelems

number(38)

The number of beamforming array elements.

Defined on the AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in
the Site Database.

beamformingsupport

number(2)

Indicates whether Beamforming is enabled (1) or not

(0). Defined on the AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell
in the Site Database.

cellid

number(38)

The Cell Identity, defined on the General tab for an

LTE cell in the Site Database.

delay_spread

float

The Delay Spread value defined on the RACH RSI

tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

dlirfactor

float

The beamforming downlink IR factor defined on the

AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site
Database.

high_speed_flag

number(1)

Indicates whether the High Speed (restricted Ncs)

option on the RACH RSI tab for an LTE cell in the
Site Database is selected (1) or not (0).

logcellpk

defined in the Neighbours tab for an LTE cell in the
Site Database.

not null

Primary Key, identifying the cell.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

number(3)

The Required Number of RSI indicated on the

RACH RSI tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

rsi_calc_method

number(1)

not (0). Defined on the AAS Settings tab for an LTE
cell in the Site Database.

tac

number(38)

The Tracking Area Code defined on the General tab

for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

183

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

ulirfactor

float

The beamforming uplink IR factor defined on the

AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site
Database.

zero_corrltn_zone

number(2)

The Zero Correlation Zone Config value indicated on

the RACH RSI tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.

Table LOGLTECELLCAR
This table shows the column list:

184

Name

Data Type

defined on the Power sub-tab of the LTE
Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.
1 = Off, 2 = Max Tx Power, 3 = Ref Signal
PPRE.

carrierfk

number(38)

cellcaenabled

number(2)

cellcarrierpk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from

the enodeB.
Indicates whether the Enable CA option is
selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the General
sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell
on the Site Database.

not null

Primary Key, identifying the cell carrier.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

celledgethreshmode

number(2)

cellid

number(38)

cellspecificfreqoffsets

number(2)

channelprotectiongsm

float

not null

The Channel Protection value in dB specified in

the GSM column of the Inter-technology pane
on the Cell Load Levels sub-tab of the LTE
parameters tab for an LTE cell on the site
database.

channelprotectionumts

float

not null

The Channel Protection value in dB specified in

the UMTS column of the Inter-technology pane
on the Cell Load Levels sub-tab of the LTE
parameters tab for an LTE cell on the site
database.

specified in the Wi-Fi column of the Intertechnology pane on the Cell Load Levels subtab of the LTE parameters tab for an LTE cell
on the site database.

Indicates the Cell Centre - Cell Edge threshold

mode RSRP (0) or Relative RSRP (1) defined
on the Thresholds sub-tab of the LTE Params
tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.
not null

The Physical Cell ID defined on the General

sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell
on the Site Database.
NOT USED.

185

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

186

Name

Data Type

number(38)

multicastoffset

float

The Multicast offset value in dB defined on the

Channel Power sub-tab of the LTE Params tab
for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

mumimothreshdltrafficrsinr

float

The MU-MIMO Download Traffic SINR value in

dB defined on the Thresholds sub-tab of the
LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.

mumimothreshenabled

number(2)

Indicates whether the MU-MIMO SNR option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Thresholds sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for
an LTE cell on the Site Database.

not null

Foreign key identifying the parent cell.

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

187

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

trafficoffset

float

Constraint Description
The Traffic offset value in dB defined on the
Power sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an
LTE cell on the Site Database.

ttibundlingenabled

Indicates whether the TTI Bundling option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Scheduling sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for
an LTE cell on the Site Database.

txpowerfixed

number(2)

Indicates whether the Fixed option for the Max

DL Power per Connection has been selected
(1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Load&Power Ctrl tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in
the Site Database.

ulnoiserisecelltermgsm

float

not null

The UL Noise Rise (Cells and Terminals) value

in dB specified in the GSM column of the Intertechnology pane on the Cell Load Levels subtab of the LTE parameters tab for an LTE cell
on the site database.

ulnoiserisecelltermumts

float

not null

The UL Noise Rise (Cells and Terminals) value

in dB specified in the UMTS column of the Intertechnology pane on the Cell Load Levels subtab of the LTE parameters tab for an LTE cell
on the site database.

ulnoiserisecelltermwifi

float

not null

The UL Noise Rise (Cells and Terminals) value

in dB specified in the Wi-Fi column of the Intertechnology pane on the Cell Load Levels subtab of the LTE parameters tab for an LTE cell
on the site database.

usemimothreshrssinr

number(2)

Indicates whether the RS SINR (dB) option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Thresholds sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for
an LTE cell on the Site Database

usemimothreshrssnr

number(2)

Indicates whether the RS SNR (dB) option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Thresholds sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for
an LTE cell on the Site Database.

usemimothreshtrafficsinr

number(2)

Indicates whether the Traffic SINR (dB) option

is selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Thresholds sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for
an LTE cell on the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + ltecellfk) references the LOGLTECELL table

Table LOGLTEFEEDER
This table shows the column list:

188

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

antfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the feeder with a

particular LTE cell.

corrfactor

float

Value in dBs that provides a correction factor on the

cell equipment used, if necessary. A positive value
represents a gain and a negative value a loss.

dlgain

float

The Downlink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas

tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

feedertypefk

number(38)

not null

Indicates the Feeder Type, specified on the Antennas

tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database. Unknown(0),
otherwise a unique seven digit number.

length

float

The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas

tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

maxpapower

float

Stores the maximum Power Amplifier power in dB's.

mhamptypefk

number(38)

mhgain_db

float

The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

noise_db

float

The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

otherlosses

float

The Other Losses (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

rxdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether the RX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas
tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

txdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether the TX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas
tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

ulgain

float

The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

not null

Indicates the MHA Type, specified on the Antennas

tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database. None(0),
otherwise a unique seven digit number.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + antfk) references the LOGLTEANTENNA table

FK2 (projectno + ltecellfk) references the LOGLTECELL table

Table LOGLTENODE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

capacity

float

The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps defined on

the Carried Traffic tab for an eNodeB in the Site
database.

cellradius

float

Stores the radius of the cell.

lognodepk

number(38)

lognodetypefk

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the eNodeB with

a particular logical node type.

projectno

number(38)

Constraint

Description
NOT USED.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGMME
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

lognodepk

number(38)

Not null

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (projectno + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGNETWORK
This table shows the column list:

190

Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

The Network Identity, defined on the General tab for

a logical network in the Site Database.

lognetworkpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, stores a unique number for each logical

network in the database.

mecontextid

varchar2(128)

Further field used to uniquely identify the elements in

the network hierarchy.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

network hierarchy.

usercomment

varchar2(255)

with the user with read permissions for this object.

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 - (projectno + parentfk) references the LOGNETWORK table

FK2 - (networktypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGNODE
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

addressfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the logical node

with a particular site.

constrflags

number(38)

Stores flags corresponding to grid planning and power

planning load contraints (Fixed Configuration, Fixed
Node B Type)

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

name

varchar2(128)

The 1st Name of the logical node, defined on the

General tab for a logical node in the Site Database.

name2

varchar2(128)

The 2nd Name of the logical node, defined on the

General tab for a logical node in the Site Database.

networklevel

number(38)

NOT USED.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

projectno

number(38)

signallingoverhead

float

The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on the

Carried Traffic tab for a logical node in the Site
Database.

usercomment

varchar2(255)

Stores any comments for the logical node.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

visibility

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the read permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see the
ENTERPRISE Installation and Administration Guide.

visibilitygroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user with read permissions for this object.

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

FK2 (projectno + addresskey) references the SITEADDRESS table

FK3 (projectno + lognetworkfk) references the LOGNETWORK table

Table LOGNODEB
This table shows the column list:

192

Name

Data Type

Constraints

Description

capacity

float

The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps defined on

the Carried Traffic tab for a Node B in the Site
Database.

cellradius

float

Stores the radius of the cell.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each Node

B in the database.

number(38)

Indicates the Node B type.

predradius

number(38)

NOT USED.

predresolution

number(38)

NOT USED.

projectno

number(38)

res1dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res2dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res3dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res1dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res2dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res3dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res1dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res2dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res3dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res1ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res2ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res3ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res1ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res2ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res3ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res1ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

res2ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

res3ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGNODETRAFFIC
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

bitratedirakbs

float

The UL Bit Rate (in kbps), defined on the Traffic tab

for a logical node in Site Database.

bitratedirbkbs

float

The DL Bit Rate (in kbps), defined on the Traffic tab

for a logical node in Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

193

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

createuser

number(38)

logconnfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

connection with the logical node traffic.

lognodefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the traffic with a

particular logical node.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

numsubscribers

float

The number of Subscribers for the traffic, defined on

the Traffic tab for a logical node in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

projectno

number(38)

symmetric

number(38)

trafficpk

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Indicates whether the Symmetric Traffic option has
been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Traffic tab for a logical node in the Site Database.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

logical node traffic in the database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGNODE table

Table LOGNODETYPE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

description

varchar2(30)

Description of the logical node type (for example NODEB,

UMTS CELL or LTE NODE ANTENNA), used to impose
referential integrity on the type fields in all tables.

fulldescription

varchar2(256)

List of child objects preventing deletion of parent object.

lognodetypekey number

194

Constraint Description

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies each logical node type

defined in the database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGPLMN
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

lognetworkpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each PLMN

network in the database.

mcc

varchar2(3)

The Mobile Country Code (MCC), defined on the

General tab for a PLMN network in the Site Database.

mnc

varchar2(3)

The Mobile Network Code (MNC), defined on the

General tab for a PLMN network in the Site Database.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognetworkpk) references the LOGNETWORK table

Table LOGRNC
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

functionid

varchar2(128)

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical

node in the database.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the logical RNC

with a particular logical node type.

manelemid

varchar2(128)

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

rncid

varchar2(10)

The RNC-Id, defined on the General tab for a logical

RNC in the Site Database.

twowayhandover

float

Indicates the 2-Way HO percentage defined on the

Carried Traffic tab for a logical RNC in the Site
Database.

The Function ID, defined on the General tab for a

logical RNC in the Site Database.

The Managed Element ID, defined on the General tab

for a logical RNC in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

195

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table LOGSAEGW
This table describes the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

lognodepk

number(38)

Not null

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (projectno + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGUMTSANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

anttypefixed

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the antenna status on
the Antenna tab for a UMTS node in the Site
Database:
0 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern are not
fixed
2 - Antenna Device fixed
3 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern fixed

anttypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna

type.

corrfactor

float

The downlink antenna correction (DL Corr. Gain)

varchar2(128)

lognodefk

number(38)

maxelectilt

the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node in the
Site Database.
If the Min Total Downtilt has not been enabled, but
still has a value, then the value shown will be equal
to:
270 + Value

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
197

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

Prediction Resolution in metres defined on the
Antennas tab in the Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

repeater

number(38)

siteaddresskey

number(38)

ulgaincorrfactor

float

umtsantpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Indicates if a connected repeater is used (1) or not
(0). This is defined on the Antennas tab for a UMTS
node in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the UMTS

antenna with a particular Property.
The uplink antenna correction (UL Corr. Gain) factor
(in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a UMTS
node in the Site Database.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

logical UMTS antenna in the database.

Foreign Keys:

198

FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGNODEB table

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGUMTSCAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

lognodefk

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the logical UMTS

carrier with a particular logical node.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

number(38)

res1dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res2dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res3dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res1dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res2dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res3dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res1dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res2dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res3dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res1ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res2ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res3ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res1ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res2ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res3ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res1ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

res2ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

res3ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

tgcarrierfk

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the UMTS carrier

with a particular 3g carrier.

umtscarpk

number(38)

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS

carrier in the database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGNODEB table

FK2 (projectno + tgcarrierfk) references the TGCARRIER table

Table LOGUMTSCELL
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

coveragetype

integer

Constraint Description
Indicates the Coverage type, either Outdoor (0) or
Indoor (1), defined on the CI-RTT tab for a UMTS cell
in the Site Database.
199

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

200

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

dlmaxblocksize

double

mintxpowconn

float

The Min DL Power per Connection (in dBm), defined

on the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

not null

Stores the value in the Max. Supported Block Size

field on the HSPA tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

Indicates whether MC-HSPA is enabled (1) or not (0).

Defined on the HSPA tab for a UMTS Node B template
in the site database.

Indicates the Max Supported Modulation, defined on

the HSPA tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Indicates whether or not the Enable HSUPA option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the HSPA tab for a
UMTS cell in the Site Database.

supdynhsscch

integer

not null

Indicates whether or not Dynamic HS-SCCH Power is

set to True or False. Defined on the Cell Parameters
tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

201

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

suphsupa

integer

not null

Indicates whether or not the Enable HSUPA option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the HSPA tab for a
UMTS cell in the Site Database.

supul2mstti

integer

not null

Indicates whether or not the Support 2ms TTI option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the HSPA tab for a
UMTS cell in the Site Database.

ulmaxcodes

integer

not null

Stores the value in the Max. HSUPA field on the HSPA

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

ulminsfsupported

integer

not null

Stores the value in the Min. SF field on the HSPA tab

for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

ulmodsupported

integer

not null

Indicates the MAX UL supported modulation:

64QAM (31),16QAM (27), QPSK (25), 4PAM (24)
BPSK (8). Defined on the HSPA tab for a UMTS cell in
the Site Database.

umtscellid

number(38)

The UMTS Cell Id, defined on the General tab for a

UMTS cell in the Site Database.

ura

number(38)

This field defines UTRAN registration area.

utranra1

integer

The URA 1 value, defined on the General tab for a

UMTS cell in the Site Database.

utranra8

integer

The URA 8 value, defined on the General tab for a

UMTS cell in the Site Database.

wlcseid

number(38)

The WLCSE ID, defined on the CI-RTT tab for a

UMTS cell in the Site Database.

(and so on up to )

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (logcellpk + project no + logcelltypefk) references the LOGCELL table

FK2 (logcelltypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGUMTSCELLCAR
This table shows the column list:

202

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

aichact

float

not null

The AICH Power Activity Factor, defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

aichon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the AICH Power Channel is ON

(1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params
tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

aichpwr

float

not null

The AICH Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

carrierfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the

node.

cellbgrndnoise

float

cellcarrierpk

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, identifying the cell carrier.

channelprotectiongsm

float

not null

The Channel Protection - GSM value in dB specified

in the Inter-technology pane on the Cell Params tab
for a UMTS cell on the site database.

Stores the value of the cell background noise.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

channelprotectionlte

float

not null

The Channel Protection - LTE value in dB specified

in the Inter-technology pane on the Cell Params tab
for a UMTS cell on the site database.

specified in the Inter-technology pane on the Cell
Params tab for a UMTS cell on the site database.

dlpower

float

Downlink traffic power.

downlink-loadinglevel

float

on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the

203

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

204

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

ergchon

number

not null

Stores the value in the E-RGCH Power Channel On

field on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the
Site Database.

ergchpower

float

not null

Stores the value in the E-RGCH Power (dBm) field

on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

handovermargin

float

Handover Margin (dB).

HSDPAdltraffpwrdbm

float

Indicates the downlink HSDPA Traffic Power (in

dBm) on the Cell Params tab in the Site Database.

HSDPAPowFixed

integer

not null

Indicates whether the HSDPA Power Fixed option is

set to True (1) or False (0) on the Cell Params tab in
the Site Database.

hsscchmeanpower

double

not null

Stores the value in the Mean HS-SCCH Power

(dBm) field on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell
in the Site Database.

hssccpower

double

not null

Stores the value in the HS-SCCH Power (dBm) field

on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

maxactivesetsize

number(38)

maxhsdpapwr

float

maxtxdlpowfixed

number(2)

Indicates whether the Max Tx Power is fixed (1) or

not (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a
UMTS cell in the Site Database.

maxtxpower

float

The Max Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

modifyuser

number(38)

multiuserdetectionfactor

float

Multi User Detection Factor (0-1). TDD only.

noiserise

float

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

pilotpower

float

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

pschon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the P-SCH Power Channel is ON

(1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params
tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

The Active Set Size, defined on the Cell Params tab

for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
not null

not null

The HSDPA Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

The Pilot Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

relpwrs

integer

not null

Indicates whether the CCCH Powers Relative To

Pilot is set to YES (1) or NO (0). This is defined on
the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

sccpchact

float

not null

The S-CCPCH Power Activity Factor, defined on the

Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

sccpchon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the S-CCPCH Power Channel is

ON (1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell
Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

scramblingcode

number(38)

The Scrambling Code, defined on the Cell Params

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

scramcodegrp

number(38)

The Scrambling Code Group, defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

seccmnchpow

float

The secondary common channel power.

secsynchpow

float

The secondary synchronization channel power.

softhosrchwnd

float

The Soft Handover Window (in dB), defined on the

Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

sschon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the S-SCH Power Channel is ON

(1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params
tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

suphsdpa

integer

not null

Indicates whether the HSDPA Support option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
HSDPA tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

synchchanpwr

float

The synchronized channel power.

txpowfixed

number(2)

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + umtscellfk) references the LOGUMTSCELL table

The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

maxpapower

float

Stores the maximum Power Amplifier power in dB's.

mhamptypefk

number(38)

mhgain_db

float

modifyuser

number(38)

noise_db

float

The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

otherlosses

float

The Other Losses (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

rxdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether the RX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas
tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

txdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether the TX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas
tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

ulgain

float

The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

umtsantfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the feeder with a

particular UMTS antenna.

umtscellfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the feeder with a

particular UMTS cell.

umtsfeedpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS

feeder in the database.

not null

Description

Indicates the Feeder Type, specified on the Antennas

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database. Unknown(0),
otherwise a unique seven digit number.

Indicates the MHA Type, specified on the Antennas

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database. None(0),
otherwise a unique seven digit number.
The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

206

FK1 (projectno + umtsantfk) references the LOGUMTSANTENNA table

FK2 (projectno + umtscellfk) references the LOGUMTSCELL table

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGWIFIANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

anttypefixed

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the antenna status on the
Antenna tab for a Wi-Fi node in the Site Database:
0 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern are not fixed
2 - Antenna Device fixed
3 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern fixed

anttypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

corrfactor

float

The downlink antenna correction (DL Corr. Gain) factor

(in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a Wi-Fi node in
the Site Database.

diplexers

varchar2(512)

Represents the diplexers in the connection path to a

cell, shown the Physical Antennas tab for a property in
the Site Database.

electiltstep

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Electrical Downtilt Step value,

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Wi-Fi node
in the Site Database.
If the Electrical Downtilt Step has not been enabled, but
still has a value, then the value shown will be equal to:
180 + Step Value

etilt

float

NOT USED.

freqband

number(38)

Indicates whether the height has been fixed (1) or not

(0) on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Wi-Fi node in
the Site Database.

indexno

number(38)

A number used to sequence the logical W-Fi antennas.

This number is created when the antenna is added and
is a static value that does not get updated if antennas
are removed. This means that the values can be nonsequential.

inheritmasterpattern

number(38)

Indicates the choice of antenna pattern on the Antennas

tab in the Site Database as follows:
0 = Do not inherit a master pattern and use the antenna
type identified by the anttypefk value in this table above.
1 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern1fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.
2 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern2fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.
3 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern3fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.
4 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern4fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.

instanceid

varchar2(128)

lognodefk

number(38)

The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a Wi-Fi

node in the Site Database.
not null

Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with a

particular logical node.

207

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

maxelectilt

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Indicates the enabled Max Electrical Downtilt value,
defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Wi-Fi node
in the Site Database.
If the Max Electrical Downtilt has not been enabled, but
still has a value, then the value shown will be equal to:
270 + Value

maxlobetilt

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Max Total Downtilt, defined on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a Wi-Fi node in the Site
Database.
If the Max Total Downtilt has not been enabled, but still
has a value, then the value shown will be equal to:
270 + Value

minelectilt

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Min Electrical Downtilt value,

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Wi-Fi node
in the Site Database.
If the Min Electrical Downtilt has not been enabled, but
still has a value, then the value shown will be equal to:
270 + Value

minlobetilt

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Min Total Downtilt, defined on the

Antenna Constraints tab for a Wi-Fi node in the Site
Database.
If the Min Total Downtilt has not been enabled, but still
has a value, then the value shown will be equal to:
270 + Value

208

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

predresolutionimp2

float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionmet1

float

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionmet2

float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

repeater

number(38)

Indicates if a connected repeater is used (1) or not (0).

This is defined on the Antennas tab for a Wi-Fi node in
the Site Database.

siteaddresskey

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the Wi-Fi antenna

with a particular Property.

ulgaincorrfactor

float

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

The uplink antenna correction (UL Corr. Gain) factor (in

dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a Wi-Fi node in the
Site Database.

Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIFINODE table

Table LOGWIFICAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

carrierpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each Wi-Fi

carrier in the database.

lognodefk

number(38)

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIFINODE table

FK2 (projectno + wificarrierfk) references the WIFICARRIER table

209

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table LOGWIFICELL
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

cellid

number(38)

logcellpk

number(38)

logcelltypefk

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the logical cell

type with its parent.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

number(38)

The Cell Identity, defined on the General tab for a WiFi cell in the Site Database.
not null

not null

Primary key, identifying the cell.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (logcellpk + project no + logcelltypefk) references the LOGCELL table

FK2 (logcelltypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGWIFICELLCAR
This table shows the column list:

210

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrierfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the

node.

cellcarrierpk

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, identifying the cell carrier.

dlcapacity

float

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

txpower

float

The TX Power in dBm defined on the Wi-Fi Params

tab for a Wi-Fi cell in the Site Database.

ulcapacity

float

The Uplink Capacity in Mbps defined on the Wi-Fi

Params tab for a Wi-Fi cell in the Site Database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

ulresvdcapacity

float

Constraint

Description
The Uplink Reserved capacity in Mbps defined on
the Wi-Fi Params tab for a Wi-Fi cell in the Site
Database.

wificellfk

Foreign key identifying the parent cell.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + wificellfk) references the LOGWIFICELL table

FK2 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGWIFICAR table

Table LOGWIFIFEEDER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

antfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

corrfactor

Value in dBs that provides a correction factor on the

cell equipment used, if necessary. A positive value
represents a gain and a negative value a loss.

The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas

tab for a fixed Wi-Fi cell in the Site Database.
not null

Indicates the MHA Type, specified on the Antennas

tab for a fixed Wi-Fi cell in the Site Database. None(0),
otherwise a unique seven digit number.
The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab
for a fixed Wi-Fi cell in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + antfk) references the LOGWIFIANTENNA table

FK2 (projectno + wificellfk) references the LOGWIFICELL table

Table LOGWIFINODE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

capacity

float

The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps defined on

the Carried Traffic tab for a Fixed Wi-Fi node in the Site
Database.

cellradius

float

Stores the radius of the cell.

211

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each Fixed

Wi-Fi node in the database.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating theFixed Wi-Fi

node with a particular logical node type.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

predradius

number(38)

NOT USED.

predresolution

number(38)

NOT USED.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (lognodepk + project no + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (logcelltypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGWIMAXANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

anttypefixed

number(38)

Constraint Description
Stores a number indicating the antenna status on the
Antenna tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in the Site
Database:
0 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern are not fixed
2 - Antenna Device fixed
3 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern fixed

anttypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

corrfactor

float

The downlink antenna correction (DL Corr. Gain)

factor (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a Fixed
WiMAX node in the Site Database.

diplexers

varchar(512)

Represents the diplexers in the connection path to a

cell, shown on the Physical Antennas tab for a
property in the Site Database.

electiltstep

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Electrical Downtilt Step value,

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed
WiMAX node in the Site Database.
If the Electrical Downtilt Step has not been enabled,
but still has a value, then the value shown will be equal
to:
180 + Step Value

etilt

float

NOT USED.

freqband

number(38)

NOT USED.

indexno

number(38)

A number used to sequence the logical WiMAX

antennas.
This number is created when the antenna is added
and is a static value that does not get updated if
antennas are removed. This means that the values
can be non-sequential.

212

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

inheritmasterpattern

integer

Constraint Description
Indicates the choice of antenna pattern on the
Antennas tab in the Site Database as follows:
0 = Do not inherit a master pattern and use the
antenna type identified by the anttypefk value in this
table above.
1 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern1fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.
2 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern2fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.
3 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern3fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.
4 = Inherit the master pattern indicated by the
masterpattern4fk value in the PHYANTENNA table.

instanceid

varchar2(128)

lognodefk

number(38)

maxelectilt

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed
WiMAX node in the Site Database.
If the Min Mechanical Downtilt has not been enabled,
but still has a value, then the value shown will be equal
to:
270 + Value

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

nodeantennapk

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, identifying the antenna type on a Fixed

WiMAX node.
213

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

phyantennafk

number(38)

number(38)

siteaddresskey

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the Fixed WiMAX

antenna with a particular Property.

ulgaincorrfactor

float

not null

The uplink antenna correction (UL Corr. Gain) factor

(in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a Fixed
WiMAX node in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a unique number associating the Fixed WiMAX

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIMAXNODE table

FK2 (projectno + wimaxcarrierfk) references the WIMAXCARRIER table

Table LOGWIMAXCELL
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

cellid

number(38)

logcellpk

number(38)

logcelltypefk

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the logical cell

type with its parent.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

number(38)

signallingoverhead

float

The Cell Identity, defined on the General tab for a Fixed

WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
not null

not null

Primary key, identifying the cell.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on the
Carried Traffic tab for a logical Fixed WiMAX cell in the
Site Database.

Table LOGWIMAXCELLCAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrierfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the

node.

cellbgrndnoise

float

cellcarrierpk

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, identifying the cell carrier.

controlact

float

not null

The control activity, defined on the WiMAX Params

tab for a WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

Stores the value of the cell background noise.

215

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

controlpwr

float

not null

The control power (in dBm) (WiMAX).

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

noiserise

float

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

rxsens

float

not null

The receiver sensitivity (in dBm) defined on the

WiMAX Params tab for a Fixed WiMAX cell in the
Site Database.

subchannel

integer

not null

Sub-Channelisation

The Noise Rise Limit (in dB), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

wimaxcellfk

Foreign key identifying the parent cell.

wimaxdltraff
pwrddm

float

Indicates the downlink Traffic Power (in dBM) for

WiMAX on the WiMAX Params tab in the Site
Database.

wimaxtxpowfixed

number(2)

Indicates whether the Fix Tx Power option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Mobile
WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the
Site Database.
ADVANTAGE only.

wimaxtxpwr

float

The WiMAX transmitter power (in dBM), defined on

the WiMAX Params tab for a WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + wimaxcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXCELL table

FK2 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGWIMAXCAR table

Table LOGWIMAXFEEDER
This table shows the column list:

216

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

antfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

corrfactor

float

Value in dBs that provides a correction factor on the

cell equipment used, if necessary. A positive value
represents a gain and a negative value a loss.

dlgain

float

The Downlink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas

tab for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

feedertypefk

number(38)

not null

Indicates the Feeder Type, specified on the Antennas

tab for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
Unknown(0), otherwise a unique seven digit number.

feedpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for the feeder.

length

float

The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas

tab for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

maxpapower

float

Stores the maximum Power Amplifier power in dB's.

mhamptypefk

number(38)

not null

Indicates the MHA Type, specified on the Antennas

tab for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
None(0), otherwise a unique seven digit number.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

mhgain_db

float

modifyuser

number(38)

noise_db

float

The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

otherlosses

float

The Other Losses (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

rxdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether the RX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas
tab for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

txdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether the TX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas
tab for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

ulgain

float

The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

wimaxcellfk

number(38)

The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
not null

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign key, identifying the parent cell.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + antfk) references the LOGWIMAXANTENNA table

FK2 (projectno + wimaxcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXCELL table

Table LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

anttypefixed

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the antenna status on the
Antenna tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in the Site
Database:
0 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern are not fixed
2 - Antenna Device fixed
3 - Antenna Device and Antenna Pattern fixed

anttypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

corrfactor

float

The downlink antenna correction (DL Corr. Gain) factor

(in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a Mobile
WiMAX node in the Site Database.

diplexers

varchar2(512)

Represents the diplexers in the connection path to a

cell, shown on the Physical Antennas tab for a property
in the Site Database.

electiltstep

number(38)

Indicates the enabled Electrical Downtilt Step value,

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile
WiMAX node in the Site Database.
If the Electrical Downtilt Step has not been enabled, but
still has a value, then the value shown will be equal to:
180 + Step Value

etilt

float

NOT USED.
217

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

freqband

number(38)

NOT USED.

indexno

number(38)

A number used to sequence the logical WiMAX

antennas.
This number is created when the antenna is added and
is a static value that does not get updated if antennas
are removed. This means that the values can be nonsequential.

inheritmasterpatter
n

integer

Indicates the choice of antenna pattern on the Antennas

instanceid

varchar(128)

lognodefk

number(38)

maxelectilt

Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in
the Site Database.
If the Min Total Downtilt has not been enabled, but still
has a value, then the value shown will be equal to:
270 + Value

218

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

nodeantennapk

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, identifying the antenna type on a Mobile

WiMAX node.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

Radius in kilometres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionimp1 float

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionimp2 float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionmet1 float

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionmet2 float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

projectno

number(38)

repeater

number(38)

siteaddresskey

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the Mobile WiMAX

antenna with a particular Property.

ulgaincorrfactor

float

not null

The uplink antenna correction (UL Corr. Gain) factor (in

dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a Mobile WiMAX
node in the Site Database.

Indicates if a connected repeater is used (1) or not (0).

This is defined on the Antennas tab for a Mobile WiMAX
node in the Site Database.

Foreign Key:

FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBNODE table

219

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table LOGWIMAXMOBCAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

tab of the Site Database dialog box for a node.
not null

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foriegn key referencing the mobile WiMAX carrier

used.

Foreign Keys:

220

FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBNODE table

FK2 (projectno + wimaxmobcarrierfk) references the WIMAXMOBCARRIER table

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELL
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

a database.
The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on the
Carried Traffic tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELLCAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

carrierfk

number(38)

not null

cellbgrndnoise

float

node.
Stores the value of the cell background noise.

not null

Primary Key, identifying the cell carrier.

The downlink traffic load percentage defined on the

Mobile WiMAX Parameters tab of the Site Database
for a WiMAX Mobile cell.
The Max Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell
Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

The pilot boosting factor (in dB) on the Mobile WiMAX

Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

221

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

pilotpowfixed

number(2)

Constraint Description
Indicates whether the Fix Pilot Power option has
been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Mobile WiMAX Params tab for
a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
ADVANTAGE only.

preambleboosting

float

The preamble boosting factor (in dB) on the Mobile

WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the
Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

rxmobsens

float

The receiver sensitivity (in dBm) defined on the

Mobile WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell
in the Site Database.

txpowfixed

number(2)

Indicates whether the Fixed option for the Max DL

Power per Connection has been selected (1) or not
(0). This is defined on the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a
Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

ulnoiserise

float

The Uplink Noise Rise (in dB), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

wimaxmobcarrierfreq

float

not null

The carrier assigned to a cell on the Mobile WiMAX

Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

wimaxmobcellfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key identifying the parent cell.

wimaxmobpuscsectors

number(38)

not null

The PUSC groups allocated to a cell on the Mobile

WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the
Site Database.

wimaxpnindex

number(38)

not null

The PN Code Index assigned to a cell on the Mobile

WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the
Site Database.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + wimaxmobcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBCELL table

FK2 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBCAR table

Table LOGWIMAXMOBFEEDER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

antfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

corrfactor

float

Value in dBs that provides a correction factor on the

cell equipment used, if necessary. A positive value
represents a gain and a negative value a loss.

divormulti

number(38)

NOT USED.

dlgain

float

The Downlink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

dlinterference

222

The downlink interference rejection factor.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

feedpk

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, indicates the Feeder Type, specified

on the Antennas tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database. Unknown(0), otherwise a unique seven
digit number.

length

float

The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

maxpapower

float

Stores the maximum Power Amplifier power in dB's.

mhamptypefk

number(38)

mhgain_db

float

not null

Indicates the MHA Type, specified on the Antennas

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database. None(0),
otherwise a unique seven digit number.
The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

mimo

The support settings defined on the Site Database

Antennas tab for a cell.

mimorx

The number of receive elements for MIMO defined on

the Site Database Antennas tab for a cell.

mimotx

The number of transmit elements for MIMO defined

on the Site Database Antennas tab for a cell.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

noaaselements

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
The number of MIMO antenna array elements
defined on the Antenna tab for a mobile WiMAX cell
in the Site Database.

noise_db

float

The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Antennas

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

otherlosses

float

The Other Losses (in dB), defined on the Antennas

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

projectno

project in a database.

Foreign key, identifying the parent cell.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + antfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA table

FK2 (projectno + wimaxmobcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBCELL table

223

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table LOGWIMAXMOBNODE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

capacity

float

The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps defined on

the Carried Traffic tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in the
Site Database.

cellradius

float

Stores the radius of the cell.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each Mobile

WiMAX node in the database.

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk) references the LOGNODE table

Table LOGWIMAXNODE
This table shows the column list:

224

Name

DataType

Constraint

capacity

float

The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps defined on

the Carried Traffic tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in the
Site Database.

cellradius

float

Stores the radius of the cell.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each Fixed

WiMAX node in the database.

in a database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Table PHYANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

addressfk

number

Foreign key storing the ID of the Property to which

the Physical Antenna belongs.

azimuth

float

The Azimuth (in degrees), defined on the Physical

Antennas tab for a property in the Site Database.

azimuthfixed

number

Indicates whether the azimuth has been fixed (1) or

not (0) on the Physical Antennas tab for a property
in the Site Database.

custom

varchar2(255)

NOT USED

custom

varchar2(255)

NOT USED

custom

varchar2(255)

NOT USED

custom

integer

NOT USED

custom

integer

NOT USED

custom

integer

Indicates the enabled Mechanical Downtilt Step

value, defined on the Physical Antennas tab for a
property in the Site Database.
If the Mechanical Downtilt Step has not been
enabled, but still has a value, then the value shown
will be equal to:
180 + Step Value

mechtiltstepfixed

number

Indicates whether the Mechanical Downtilt step has

been fixed (1) or not (0) on the Physical Antennas
tab for a property in the Site Database.

minforbiddenazmt
h

number

The Forbidden Azimuth Min value defined on the

Physical Antennas tab for a property in the Site
Database.

minmechtilt

number

Indicates the enabled Min Mechanical Downtilt,

defined on the Physical Antennas tab for a property
in the Site Database.
If the Min Mechanical Downtilt has not been
enabled, but still has a value, then the value shown
will be equal to:
270 + Value

226

minmechtiltfixed

number

Indicates whether the Min Mechanical Downtilt has

been fixed (1) or not (0) on the Physical Antennas
tab for a property in the Site Database.

modifyuser

number

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

phyantennapk

number

phyindex

number

projectno

number

relative

number

Indicates whether Absolute has been selected (0),

or not (1), on the Physical Antennas tab for a
property in the Site Database.

spatialdiv

number

Indicates whether Spatial Diversity has been

selected (1), or not (0), on the Physical Antennas
tab for a property in the Site Database.

tilt

float

The Tilt value defined on the Physical Antennas tab

for a property in the Site Database.

Upgradeunit

number

Indicates the coordinate unit when EPSG is not set.

not null

Primary key, identifying the Physical Antenna.

The Index number defined on the Physical Antennas
tab for a property in the Site Database.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Useforbidden

number

Constraint Description
Indicates whether Use Forbidden has been selected
(1), or not (0), on the Physical Antennas tab for a
property in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + addressfk) references the SITEADDRESS table

varchar(200
0)

The DiplexerConn2 information defined on the

Physical Antennas tab for a property in the Site
Database.

diplexinfo3

varchar(200
0)

The DiplexerConn3 information defined on the

Physical Antennas tab for a property in the Site
Database.

diplexinfo4

varchar(200
0)

The DiplexerConn4 information defined on the

Physical Antennas tab for a property in the Site
Database.
227

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

phyantportpk

number

portindex

number

The Index value defined on the Physical Antennas

tab for a property in the Site Database.

portinfo

varchar(255)

The Info data defined on the Physical Antennas tab

for a property in the Site Database.

projectno

number

retid

varchar(255)

The RETId value defined on the Physical Antennas

tab for a property in the Site Database.

rruelements

number

The RRUElements defined on the Physical

Antennas tab for a property in the Site Database.

rruinfo

varchar(255)

The RRUInfo defined on the Physical Antennas tab

for a property in the Site Database.

not null

Primary key, identifying the Physical Antenna.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + phyantennafk) references the PHYANTENNA table

Table SIMTRAF
This table shows the column list:

228

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

createdate

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

subsave

float

The Mean number of Subscribers, defined on the Sim

Traffic tab for a Node B in the Site Database.

subsmax

float

Sim Traffic in the database.

usergroup

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodebfk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (projectno + tgdlbitratefk) references the TGBITRATE table

FK3 (projectno + tgulbitratefk) references the TGBITRATE table

FK4 (projectno + tgservicefk) references the TGSERVICE table

FK5 (lognodetypebfk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table SITEADDRESS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

address1

varchar2(128)

Address line 1, defined on the Address tab for

a Property in the Site Database.

address2

varchar2(128)

Address line 2, defined on the Address tab for

a Property in the Site Database.

addresskey

integer

antcolocation

integer

NOT USED.

antheightlist

varchar2(1024)

NOT USED.

antheightrule

integer

NOT USED.

antsamecell

integer

NOT USED.

antstepsize

float

NOT USED.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each Property in the database.

229

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

230

Name

DataType

Constraint

assocmast

integer

NOT USED.

buildingheight

integer

NOT USED.

comments

varchar2(255)

Optional description that can be added to

each Property.

coords

mdsys.sdo_
geometry

Stores the coordinates of the Property, which

are defined on the General tab for a Property
in the Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on
the order users were created in.

directkey

integer

NOT USED.

flagvalue

varchar2(255)

Stores a unique value, associating a

particular field with the object.

gndheight

float(64)

The Ground Height of the Property (in m),

defined on the General tab for a Property in
the Site Database.

gridconstrflags

integer

Indicates if ADVANTAGE grid planning

constraints have been selected on this
Property - None (0), Location Fixed (1),
Always Consider (2) or both (3).

idname

varchar2(128)

locksearcharea

integer

Indicates whether the Prevent changes to

search area option is selected (0) or not (1).
This is defined on the Search Area tab for a
Property in the Site Database.

mastexcluded

varchar2(512)

NOT USED.

mastspace

float

NOT USED.

maxheight

float

NOT USED.

minazimdiff

integer

NOT USED.

minheight

float

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

mounting

integer

NOT USED.

mttr

float(64)

The Post Code, defined on the Address tab

for a Property in the Site Database.

not null

Description

The Property ID, defined on the General tab

for a Property in the Site Database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

precandidatename

varchar2(128)

projectno

associated with the user with read
permissions for this object.

Stores the previous name of a candidate

property (this name is used when candidate
status is removed).
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.

Table SITEADDRESS_GEOM
This table describes the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

addresskey_f
k

number

Not null

Foreign key referencing a property in the

SITEADDRESS table.

geocoords

sdo_geometry

projectno

number

Identifies the coordinates of a matching property in

the SITEADDRESS table using a single coordinate
system for the purpose of spatial operations.
Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

231

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

232

Analog Network Database Tables

7 Analog Network Database Tables

The following table describes the analog network database tables:
This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

ANTENNA

The antennas,
defined in the
Antennas dialog box

cellantennakey

FK1 - cellkey

YES

Back to back passive

repeater antennas

backtobackantenna_pk

FK1 - linkfk

YES

BACKTOBACKANTENNA

projectno

prlinkend_fk

FK2 - prlinkend_fk
FK3 - prlinkfk

projectno
BCF

BSC

BSICSCHEMA

CARLAYDATA

BCFs, defined in the

Site Database

bcfkey

FK1 - bcftypekey

YES

BSCs, defined in the

Site Database

projectno

FK1 - sitekey

YES

sitekey

FK2 - addresskey

Which combination of
colour codes has
been used for the
BSIC schema

bsicschemapk

Carrier layers
allocated to each cell
layer or subcell in the
Site Database

carlaykey

FK1 - carlaykey

cellaydatafk

FK2 - cellaykey

projectno

FK3 - cellaydatafk

projectno

idname
projectno
YES

FK4 - cellkey
CELLAYDATA

CELLEXCEPT

CELLSITES

Cell layers or subcells

allocated to cells in
the Site Database

cellaydatapk

FK1 - cellaykey

YES

projectno

FK2 - cellkey

Exception separation
requirements
between cells,
defined on a cell-bycell basis in the Site
Database

cellkey

FK1 - cellkey

YES

BTS sites, defined in

the Site Database

projectno

FK1 - sitekey

YES

sitekey

FK2 - sitekey

excellkey
projectno

FK3 - addresskey
CLDANTENNA

Relationships
between each
antenna configuration
on a cell and subcells
or cell layers

cellantennakey
cellaydatafk
projectno

FK1 cellantennakey

YES

FK2 - cellaykey
FK3 - cellaydatafk
FK4 - cellkey

DISTRIBUTION

Distribution nodes,
defined in the Site
Database

projectno

FK1 - sitekey

sitekey

FK2 - addresskey

YES

233

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

GSMCELL

Cells associated with

BTS sites, created in
a GSM or
AMPS/TDMA network

cellkey

FK1 - sitekey

YES

MSCs, defined in the

Site Database

projectno

FK1 - addresskey

YES

Repeaters, defined in
the Site Database

projectno

FK1 - addresskey

YES

sitekey

FK2 - cellkey

Transmitters
associated with
repeaters

cellkey

FK1 - sitekey

MSC

REPEATER

REPEATERCELL

projectno

sitekey

YES

projectno

Table ANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

antennakey

integer

with a particular cell.

corrfactor

float

The Antenna Correction (Corr. Gain) Factor (in dB),

defined on the Antennas tab for a cell in the Site
Database.

diplexers

varchar(512)

Represents the diplexers in the connection path to a

cell, shown on the Physical Antennas tab for a
property in the Site Database.

electiltstep

integer

Indicates the enabled Electrical Downtilt Step value,

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a cell in
the Site Database.
If the Electrical Downtilt Step has not been enabled,
but still has a value, then the value shown will be
equal to:
180 + Step Value

234

etilt

float

NOT USED.

freqband

number(38)

NOT USED.

feederkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

feeder with the antenna.

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

feederlength

float

The length of the feeder (in m), defined on the

Antennas tab for a cell in the Site Database.

instanceid

varchar2(128)

The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a

cell in the Site Database.

inheritmasterpattern

integer

the Antenna Constraints tab for a cell in the Site
Database.
If the Min Total Downtilt has not been enabled, but
still has a value, then the value shown will be equal
to:
270 + Value

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

phyantennafk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number associating the GSM

antenna with a physical antenna.

ports

varchar2(255)

Stores ports identifier.

predmodelkey1

integer

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Model selected on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
235

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

siteaddresskey

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the GSM

antenna with a particular Property.

slotnumber

integer

The slot number of the antenna, defined on the

Antennas tab for a cell in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table.

Table BCF
This table shows the column list:

236

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

address

varchar2(128)

Stores the ID of the Property that contains the BCF.

bcfid

integer

The ID code used to identify the BCF.

bcfkey

integer

bcftypekey

integer

Foreign key that describes the BCFTYPE to which a

particular BCF is linked.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique value for each BCF in the

database.

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

Stores the names provided for each BCF in the

database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

name

Field that stores an identification value for each BSC.

directkey

integer

NOT USED.

flagvalue

varchar2(255)

Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with

the object.

gndheight

float

The Ground Height of the BSC (in m), defined on the

General tab for a BSC in the Site Database.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical

node in the network.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the BSC with a

particular logical node type.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

photofile

varchar2(260)

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

smlcid

varchar2(32)

not null

The SMLC Identity, defined on the SMLC tab for a BSC

in the Site Database.

srchrad

float

Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the

BSC, defined on the General tab for a BSC in the Site
Database.

Stores the search radius defined for each network

element.
237

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table BSICSCHEMA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

bsic00

integer

not null

Indicates which combination of color codes has been

used for the BSIC schema.
A BSIC schema is made up of 2 values, an NCC and
BCC. To calculate which NCC/BCC combination is
used, divide the integer by 8, to the nearest whole
number.
The nearest whole number is the NCC, while the
remainder is the BCC. For example, bsic05 indicates a
BSIC schema of NCC0, BCC5, bsic14 indicates a
BSIC schema of NCC1, BCC6, bsic41 indicates a
BSIC schema of NCC5, BCC1 and so on.

... (and so on up to)

238

bsic63

integer

not null

bsicschemapk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each BSIC

schema in a database.

createdate

date

not null

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar(128)

not null

Primary key, storing the name of the BSIC schema.

modifydate

date

not null

with the user who created the object.

Analog Network Database Tables

Table CARLAYDATA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

carlaykey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier

layer in the database.

cellaydatafk

integer

not null

Primary key, referencing a particular CELLAYDATA

table.

cellaykey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number associating the carrier layers to

a particular cell layer.

cellkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number associating the carrier/cell

layer to a particular cell.

channeltype

in a database.

required

integer

The number of carriers required, defined on the Carriers

tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.

trxids

varchar2(64)

Stores the IDs of the TRXs set for the carrier layer.

trxrequired

integer

The number of TRXs required for the carrier layer,

defined on the Carriers tab for a cell layer in the Site
Database.

type

integer

Indicates whether the carrier layer is non-hopping (0),

hopping (1), associated MA list (2) or allocated MA list
(3).

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + carlaykey) references the CARLAY table

FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table

FK3 (projectno + cellaydatafk) references the CELLAYDATA table

FK4 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table

Table CELLAYDATA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

activationthresh

float

The HR (Half Rate) Activation Threshold (in % of TS

allocated), defined on the General tab for a cell layer
in the Site Database.

averdrts

float

Stores the Average Data Rate per Timeslot. This

value is generated when a user creates a GPRS data
rate array, and is used in the traffic analysis
calculations. It is displayed in the traffic analysis
report.

bcfkey

integer

Stores a unique number associating a particular BCF

with the cell layer.
239

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

240

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

btsid

database.

cellid

varchar2(128)

cellkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number associating the cell layer

with a particular cell.

channelprotectionlt
e

float

not null

The Channel Protection value in dB specified in the

LTE column of the Inter-technology pane on the
General tab for a GSM cell on the site database.

channelprotectionu
mts

float

not null

The Channel Protection value in dB specified in the

UMTS column of the Inter-technology pane on the
General tab for a GSM cell on the site database.

channelprotectionw
ifi

float

not null

The Channel Protection value in dB specified in the

Wi-Fi column of the Inter-technology pane on the
General tab for a GSM cell on the site database.

comparison

integer

Indicates whether the coverage boundaries of the cell

layer are set based on the signal strength (SS) of the
signal (0) or the path loss (PL) from the antenna (1).
This is defined on the General tab for a cell layer in
the Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

dedicatedpbcch

integer

Indicates whether a Dedicated Packet BCCH is used

(1) or not (0). This is defined on the (E)GPRS tab for
a cell layer in the Site Database.

dlnoiserisetermlte

float

not null

The DL Noise Rise (Terminals) value in dB specified

in the LTE column of the Inter-technology pane on
the General tab for a GSM cell on the site database.

dlnoiserisetermumt
s

float

not null

The DL Noise Rise (Terminals) value in dB specified

in the UMTS column of the Inter-technology pane on
the General tab for a GSM cell on the site database.

dlnoiserisetermwifi

float

not null

The DL Noise Rise (Terminals) value in dB specified

in the Wi-Fi column of the Inter-technology pane on
the General tab for a GSM cell on the site database.

dynamic

integer

Indicates whether the user has chosen to dynamically

set the size of the overlaid coverage (1) or use a set
path loss (0). This is defined on the General tab for a
cell layer in the Site Database.

ecsdenabled

integer

NOT USED.

edgeapd

float

Stores the 8-PSK Average Power Decrease (APD),

defined on the Antenna/TRX tab for a cell layer in the
Site Database.

edgeaverdrts

float

Stores the Average Data Rate per Timeslot for

EDGE. This value is generated when a user creates
an EGPRS data rate array, and is used in the traffic
analysis calculations. It is displayed in the traffic
analysis report.

edgeenabled

integer

Indicates whether the cell layer is EGPRS enabled

(1) or not (0). This is defined on the (E)GPRS tab for
a cell layer in the Site Database.

NOT USED.

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

edgegprsmix

float

The proportion (in %) of EGPRS traffic to GPRS

traffic in the cell layer.

edgehscsdmix

float

whether the hopping type is Baseband (0) or
Synthesised (1). This is defined on the Hopping tab
for a cell layer in the Site Database.

hscsdtraffic

float

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

changes to the table.

241

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table

FK2 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table

Table CELLEXCEPT
This table shows the column list:

242

Name

DataType

Constraint

The separation value for the Exception Cell, defined on

the Exceptions tab for a cell in the Site Database.
not null

Stores a unique number, associating the exception to a

particular site.

Analog Network Database Tables

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table

Table CELLSITES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

btsfixed

integer

NOT USED.

btskey

integer

Stores a unique number associating the site with a

particular BTS.

cabinkey

integer

Stores a unique number associating a particular cabin

with the site.

capacity

float

The Transmission Capacity (Mbps) on the Carried Traffic

tab for a site in Site Database.

directkey

integer

NOT USED.

flagvalue

varchar2(255)

Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with

the object.

gndheight

float

The Ground Height of the site (in m), defined on the

General tab for a BSC in the Site Database.

grdcstrntflags

integer

Stores flags corresponding to grid planning and power

planning load contraints (Fixed Configuration, Fixed
Node B Type)

gsmbitrate

integer

Stores the bit rate with which each GSM or TETRA site
transmits data back to the switches.

gsmexts

integer

NOT USED.

gsmtspc

integer

NOT USED.

hasconstraints

integer

Indicates whether grdcstrntflags has been set (1) or not

(0).

hexradius

integer

Indicates the hexagon radius for the site by referencing

the hexagongrid table. 0 represents the largest hexagon
radius in the list, 1 represents the next one down, 2 the
next and so on.

lac

integer

Stores the Location Area Code.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical

node in the network.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the site with a

243

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

projectno

integer

not null

srchperc

integer

Stores a percentage of the hexagon radius on the site,

which will be suitable for the search radius.

srchrad

float

Stores the search radius defined for each network

element.

towerkey

integer

Stores a unique number associating a particular mast

with the site.

useperc

integer

Specifies which method to use for suggesting a search

radius, that is, percentage of hexagon radii (1) or actual
radius (0).

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Key:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table CLDANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

244

FK1 (projectno + cellantennakey) references the ANTENNA table

FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table

FK3 (projectno + cellaydatafk) references the CELLAYDATA table

FK4 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table

Analog Network Database Tables

Table DISTRIBUTION
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

btsfixed

integer

logical node in the network.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the distribution

node with a particular logical node type.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

photofile

varchar2(260)

projectno

integer

srchrad

float

Stores the search radius defined for each network

element.

towerkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

mast with the distribution node.

Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the

distribution node, defined on the General tab for a
distribution node in the Site Database.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (projectno + bsckey) references the BSC table

FK3 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table GSMCELL
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

azimuth

integer

NOT USED

bcfkey

integer

NOT USED

bscc

integer

The Base Station Color Code (BSCC), defined on the

General tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.

btsid

integer

NOT USED

carreq

integer

NOT USED
245

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

246

Name

Data Type

Constraint

codeschema
key

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular code

schema with the GSM cell.

codeschema
type

integer

Specifies the type of code schema used. For a GSM

cell it will indicate BSIC (0).

commonbcch

integer

gsmid

integer

type with its parent.

maxcellradius
back

float

The Maximum Cell Radius Back (km), defined on the

CI+TA+RX tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.

maxcellradius
front

float

The Maximum Cell Radius Front (km), defined on the

CI+TA+RX tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.

mcc

integer

The Mobile Country Code (MCC), defined on the

General tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.

mnc

integer

The Mobile Network Code (MNC), defined on the

General tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.

modelkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

prediction model with the GSM cell.

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

ncc

integer

nsei

integer

numcars

integer

projectno

on the General tab for a GSM cell in the Site
Database. This is for information purposes only.
NOT USED

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

float

The Ground Height of the MSC (in m), defined on the

General tab for a MSC in the Site Database.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

logical node in the network.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the MSC with a

particular logical node type.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

photofile

varchar2(260)

projectno

integer

Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the

MSC, defined on the General tab for a MSC in the
Site Database.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
247

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

cabinkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular cabin

with the repeater.

calcmethod

integer

node in the network.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the repeater with a

particular logical node type.

modifyuser

integer

outputpower

float

The transmitting antenna's Output Power, defined on

the Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.

photofile

varchar2(128)

Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the

repeater, defined on the General tab for a repeater in
the Site Database.

power0

float

NOT USED.

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

And so on until
power9

float

NOT USED.

predradius

integer

NOT USED.

predresolution

integer

NOT USED.

projectno

radius, either the percentage of hexagon radii (1) or
specify an actual radius (0).

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table

FK3 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table REPEATERCELL
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

antennakey

integer

Stores a unique number associating a particular

transmitter antenna with the repeater cell.

azimuth

integer

The azimuth (in degrees) of the transmitter antenna

on the repeater cell.

cellkey

integer

height

float

The height (in metres) of the transmitter antenna on

the repeater cell.

heightoffset

float

The Height-Pred Offset in metres defined on the

Physical Antennas tab for a property in the Site
Database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

sitekey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number used to relate the

transmitter configuration to a repeater defined in the
Site Database.

tilt

float

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

propagation model with the repeater cell.
not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

The Downtilt (in degrees) of the transmitter antenna.

A positive value represents a downtilt, while a
negative value represents an uptilt.

Foreign Keys:

250

FK1 (projectno + sitekey) references the REPEATER table

Project Database Tables

8 Project Database Tables

The following table describes the project database tables:
This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

CARRIERS

Carriers assigned to
different carrier layers
on subcells in the Site
Database

carlaykey

FK1 - carlaykey

YES

carriernumber

FK2 - cellaykey

cellaydatafk

FK3 - cellaydatafk

projectno

FK4 - cellkey

CIXLAT

COMPOUNDARRAYEXP

COMPOUNDARRAYTERM

Cell information, for

use in both ASSET
and OPTIMA

assetpno

Compound Array
Expressions, defined
in the Compound
Arrays dialog box

compoundarrayexpkey

Compound Array
Terms, defined in the
Compound Arrays
dialog box

compoundarrayexpkey

key
NO

projectno

compoundarraytermkey

FK1 compoundarrayex
pkey

projectno
CONTACTPERSON

FAXNUMBER

FOLDERS

Contact details,
defined in the Contact
Persons dialog box

personkey

Contact fax numbers,

defined in the Contact
Persons dialog box

faxkey

User-defined folders
used in the projects

folderkey

projectno
NO

foldertype
projectno

GRAPH

The co-ordinates for

any 2.5g graphs

abscissa

graphkey
graphlisttype
ordinate
projectno

GRAPHLIST

Any 2.5g graph

curves

graphkey

graphlisttype
projectno

HDRDLKPARAMS

PHONENUMBER

EV-DO downlink
parameters, used in
ASSET

hdrdlkparamsp
k

Contact telephone
numbers for contacts
defined in the Contact
Persons dialog box

phonekey

YES

projectno
FK1 - personkey

projectno

251

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

TERMMOBSPEED

The speed of the

terminal mobile

code

FK1 - termtypekey

YES

projectno
termtypekey

VECPROJECT

Any vectors defined

in the projects

projectno

vecid

Table CARRIERS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

changes to the table.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

state

integer

Indicates whether the carriers selected on the cell layer

are allocated (0), forbidden (1) or fixed (2). See About
States in the CARRIERS Table on page 253 for more
information.

Foreign Keys:

252

FK1 (projectno + carlaykey) references the CARLAY table

FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table

FK3 (projectno + cellaydatafk) references the CELLAYDATA table

FK4 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table

The carrier state is found by dividing the carrier number by 256. For example: 512/256 = 2.
This table shows the codes for carrier states:
Code

Carrier State

Active

Idle

Released

Locked

Deleted

You can set the default carrier state by using your own registry key DefaultCarrierState set to
Active, Idle, Released, Locked or Deleted (case sensitive). If none of these is found or the registry
key does not exist, ENTERPRISE will use a default carrier status of Active.

Table CIXLAT
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

253

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table COMPOUNDARRAYEXP
This table shows the column list:

254

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

compoundarrayexpkey

integer

not null

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(256)

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

parentkey

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

reserved1

varchar2(256)

FOR FUTURE USE.

reserved2

varchar2(256)

FOR FUTURE USE.

reserved3

integer

FOR FUTURE USE.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

compound array expression in the database.

The name of the compound array expression,

defined in the Compound Arrays dialog box.

Stores a unique number, associating the compound

array expression with a particular parent.
Three digit code that provides the write permissions
for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Project Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

reserved4

integer

FOR FUTURE USE.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table COMPOUNDARRAYTERM
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

compoundarrayexpkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

compound array term with a particular compound array
expression.

compoundarraytermkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

compound array term in the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

larrdispname

varchar2(64)

The Array display name for the left side of the

equation, defined in the top half of the term in the
Compound Arrays dialog box.

larrgenrcname

varchar2(64)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

linstdispname

varchar2(256)

Instance display name for the left side of the equation,

defined in the top half of the term in the Compound
Arrays dialog box.

linstintnlname

varchar2(256)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

loper

integer

The operator, defined in the Compound Arrays dialog

box.

lsrcdispname

varchar2(128)

Source display name for the left side of the equation,

defined in the top half of the term in the Compound
Arrays dialog box.

lsrcintnlname

varchar2(128)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

rarrdispname

varchar2(64)

The Array display name for the right side of the

equation, defined in the bottom half of the term in the
Compound Arrays dialog box.

rarrgenrcname

varchar2(64)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

rinstdispname

varchar2(256)

The Instance display name for the right side of the

equation, defined in the bottom half of the term in the
Compound Arrays dialog box.

rinstintnlname

varchar2(256)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

255

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

roper

integer

The logical operator, defined in the Compound Arrays

dialog box.

rsrcdispname

varchar2(128)

Source display name for the right side of the equation,

defined in the bottom half of the term in the Compound
Arrays dialog box.

rsrcintnlname

varchar2(128)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Foreign Key:

FK1 (projectno + compoundarrayexpkey) references the COMPOUNDARRAYEXP table

Table CONTACTPERSON
This table shows the column list:
Name

Person dialog box.

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.
The forename of the contact person, defined in the
Contact Person dialog box.

Table FAXNUMBER
This table shows the column list:

256

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

faxkey

integer

not null

Primary key storing the unique number for each

facsimile number in the database.

faxnumber

varchar2(32)

The Facsimile Number, defined in the Contact Person

dialog box.

personkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating the facsimile

number with a particular contact person.

Project Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Constraint

Description

Table FOLDERS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createuser

integer

folderkey

integer

foldername

varchar2(128)

foldertype

integer

modifyuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

parentkey

integer

Stores a unique number identifying the parent of a subfolder.

projectno

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each folder

in the database.
The name of the folder.

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies the type of folder.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table GRAPH
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

abscissa

float

not null

Primary key, storing the relative x co-ordinate for the

curve.

graphkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each graph

curve.

graphlisttype

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number indicating the

type of graph - coding scheme (0) or Occupancy (1).

modifyuser

integer

not null

NOT USED.

ordinate

not (0).

graphkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each graph

in the database.

graphlisttype

integer

not null

Primary key stores a number indicating the type of

graph - coding scheme (0) or occupancy (1).

idname

varchar2(32)

not null

The name of the curve.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

usergroup

integer

NOT USED.
not null

NOT USED.
NOT USED.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
NOT USED.

Table HDRDLKPARAMS
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

bitrate

number(38)

The bitrate (in bps), defined in the EV-DO

Downlink Parameters dialog box.

bits

number(38)

The Number of Bits, defined in the EV-DO

Downlink Parameters dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order
users were created in.

ebno

float

The Ior/Ioc (in dB), defined in the EV-DO

Downlink Parameters dialog box.

ebnt0

float

The first Eb/Nt (in dB) value, defined in the EV-DO

Downlink Parameters dialog box.

ebnt4

float

The last Eb/Nt (in dB) value, defined in the EV-DO

Downlink Parameters dialog box.

hdrdlkparamspk

number(38)

idname

varchar2(32)

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

And so on to...

258

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

set of EV-DO downlink parameters in the
database.

Project Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

oheadbits

number(38)

The Number of Overhead Bits, defined in the EVDO Downlink Parameters dialog box.

per0

float

The first PER (Packet Error Rate) value, defined

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

And so on to...

Table PHONENUMBER
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

personkey

integer

phonekey

integer

phonenumber

varchar2(32)

projectno

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores a unique number, associating the telephone
number with a particular contact person.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

telephone number in the database.
The telephone number, defined in the Contact
Person dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

terminal type in the database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + termtypekey) references the TERMTYPE table

Table VECPROJECT
This table shows the column list:

260

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

vecid

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating

a particular vector with the project.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

9 ADVANTAGE Database Tables

The following table describes the equipment database tables:
This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

ACTIONCOMBINATIONS

Combinations of
action costs

actioncombinationskey

Foreign Keys
Diff
(projectno + ...) Table?
YES

projectno
ADVGLOBDESTGT

ADVPROBCELLWGT

Global design
targets and action
costs

advglobdestgtkey

Weightings for
problem cells

advprobcellwgtkey

YES

projectno
YES

projectno

BANDPARAMETERS

Clutter parameters, bandkey

divided into
projectno
different bands

YES

BANDTARGETS

Array-based clutter
targets

bandkey

YES

Configuration
values for problem
cell data

cellmodkey

Thresholds for
clutter values,
calculated from the
spreading of
ADVANTAGE data

clutthreskey

Action constraint
templates

constrainttemplate
key

CELLMOD

CLUTTHRES

CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE

projectno

FK1 pedataindexkey

projectno
COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS

Coefficients used in coefficientkey

cost conversion
projectno

YES

COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS

Weightings for cost cfweightskey

functions
projectno

YES

DBVERSION

The current
database version
number, and the
number of the
version from which
it was upgraded

versionnumber

DELTAPLAN

Delta plans

deltaplankey

FK1 - plankey

FK1 designtargetcompkey

YES

projectno
DESIGNTARGET

Relationships
between
performance
design groups and
mechanism/compo
nent pairs created
when the user
defines a design
target

designtargetkey
projectno

FK2 designtarget
groupkey

261

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

DESIGNTARGETATOM

Relationships
designtargetbetween elements atomkey
(for example
projectno
carriers on a
service) and groups

deltaplankey
projectno

PLANREJECTIONOPTNS

Options for
rejecting the plan
based on metric
degradation

YES

plnrejectoptnkey
projectno

PLANTEMPLATEASSOCIATIO Relationships
N
between plans and
constraint
templates

projectno

PLANVECTOR

planvectorkey

Vectors created for

plans

ptakey

FK1 NO
constrainttemplate
key
FK2 - plankey
FK1 - plankey

projectno

PROBAREAID

Clutter- and
probareaidkey
technology-specific
thresholds used for projectno
problem area
identification

PROBCELLID

Technologyspecific thresholds
used for problem
cell identification

probcellidkey
projectno

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

This
Table

Stores
Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
Diff
(projectno + ...) Table?

STATISTIC

UMTS/GSM
statistics reports

projectno

FK1 optimisationsnapshotkey

Monte Carlo
statistics reports

projectno

FK1 optimisationsnapshotkey

STATISTICMC

VECTORPARAMETERS

statistickey

statisticmckey

Parameters specific projectno

to vectors
thr_key

YES

Table ACTIONCOMBINATIONS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

action-combinationskey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

action combination in the database.

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

xmldata

varchar2(4000)

Stores xml data representing the global design

targets and action costs.

Identifies the action.

not null

Primary key uniquely identifying an entry in the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Table ADVPROBCELLWGT
This table shows the column list:

264

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

advprobcellwgtkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key storing the unique problem cell weight

value.

cellaykey

number(38)

Stores GSM cell layer ID.

cellkey

number(38)

Stores GSM cell ID.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

tech

number(38)

Identifies the technology used, either GSM(1) or

UMTS (2).

umtscellfk

number(38)

Foreign key referencing the UMTS cell ID.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the problem cell weight.

Table BANDPARAMETERS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

bandkey

number(38)

not null

bandname

varchar2(64)

Primary key, storing a unique number for each set

of Array Thresholds in the database.
Name of the cell layer/carrier associated with these
Array Thresholds.
This parameter is only used if the 'Calculate costs
and statistics per layer' option is selected on the
Options tab for the Settings in the Optimizer
Workflow.

cluttercode

number(38)

Associates the Array Thresholds with a particular

clutter type.

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.

importance

number(38)

Indicates the importance of that clutter type in terms

of terms of traffic density - Zero (0), Low (1),
Medium (2) or High (3).

indoorper

float

NOT USED.

infade

float

NOT USED.

inloss

float

NOT USED.

polluters defined in the Clutter Thresholds.

power

float

Depending on the technology, this is the Signal

Strength Threshold (dBm), defined in the Clutter
Thresholds.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
265

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

sample

number(2)

Indicates whether the sample parameter is set to

Yes (1) or No (0).

technology

varchar2(64)

Field storing the technology type used.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

Table BANDTARGETS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

bandkey

number(38)

not null

bandname

varchar2(64)

Primary key, storing a unique number for each set

of Array-Based Metric Targets in the database.
Name of the cell layer/carrier associated with these
Array-Based Metric Targets.
This parameter is only used if the 'Calculate costs
and statistics per layer' option is selected on the
Options tab for the Settings in the Optimizer
Workflow.

cluttercode

number(38)

Associates the Array-Based Metric Targets with a

particular clutter type.

noserverstarget

float

Dominance (Area) Target value in %.

267

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

noserverstargettraff

float

Constraint Description
Dominance (Traffic) Target value in %.
This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric
Targets in the Optimizer Workflow, and the name of
the parameter will vary according to technology.
For example, for GSM it is called Polluters, for
UMTS it is Pilot Polluters and so on.

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

qualitymin

float

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see
About Permissions on page 15.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Quality (Area) Minimum value required in %.
This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric
Targets in the Optimizer Workflow, and the name of
the parameter will vary according to technology.
For example, for GSM it is called CINR, for UMTS it
is Pilot Ec/Io and so on.

qualitymintraff

float

Quality (Traffic) Minimum value required in %.

qualitymultiplier

float

Quality (Area) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not

achieved.
This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric
Targets in the Optimizer Workflow, and the name of
the parameter will vary according to technology.
For example, for GSM it is called CINR, for UMTS it
is Pilot Ec/Io and so on.

qualitymultipliertraff

float

Quality (Traffic) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is

qualitytarget

float

Quality (Area) Target value in %.

qualitytargettraff

float

Quality (Traffic) Target value in %.

268

technology

varchar2(64)

Identifies the technology type used.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table CELLMOD
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

cell_fk

number(38)

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM

number(38)

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies the clutter entry

in the table.

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

pedataindexkey

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number identifying the table index

entry.
269

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

threshold

float

Stores threshold values calculated by the spreading

process.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + pedataindexkey) references the PEDATAINDEX table

Table CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE
This table shows the column list:

270

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

constrainttemplatekey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

action constraints template.

content

clob

Stores action constraints template data.

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order
users were created in.

idname

varchar2(128) not null

The name of the constraints template, defined in

the Action Constraints Template Manager.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write

permissions for the user, the default group they
belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on
page 15.

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group
associated with the user who created the object.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

coefficient

float

coefficientkey

number(38)

coefficientname

varchar2(32)

The name of the coefficient.

number(38)

The cost function coefficient value.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

coefficient in the database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group
associated with the user who created the object.

Table COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

active

number(38)

Indicates whether the global/mechanism/

component is active (1) or inactive (0) within the
optimization.

bandcode

number(38)

Identifies the subcell name defined in the

Optimizer Workflow.

cfweight

float

Indicates the weight of the global/mechanism/

component when combined into the cost
function value.

cfweightenum

number(38)

Identifier within weight type.

cfweightskey

number(38)

cfweighttype

number(38)

Indicates the type of weight - global(0),

mechanism(2) or component (3).

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

mechtechnology

varchar2(256)

Indicates the technologies used in the

mechanism: NOVAL, GSM, UMTS, Mobile
WiMAX, Fixed WiMAX.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

cfweight in the database.

271

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

technology

varchar2(64)

Indicates the weight of the technology when

combined into the cost function value. Defined
on the Metric Selection/Weights tab in the
Optimizer Workflow.

useindoorarray

number(38)

Indicates which array to use in the case of

Coverage/Quality metrics Indoor (1) or
Outdoor (2).

Three digit code that provides the write

permissions for the user, the default group they
belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on
page 15.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each
project in a database.

not null

Defined on the Metric Selection/Weights tab in

the Optimizer Workflow.
usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

Table DBVERSION
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

upgradeversion

integer

versionnumber

integer

Constraint

Description
The version number of the database from which the
user upgraded.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for the version

of the database the user is currently using.

Table DELTAPLAN
This table shows the column list:

272

Name

DataType

Constraint

changes

varchar2(50)

The list of changes in the delta plan.

cost

float

The best cost, displayed in the Optimizer dialog

box.

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createdatedp

varchar2(32)

The date when the delta plan was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

deltaplankey

number(38)

description

varchar2(100)

A description of the delta plan.

dpdata

clob

Stores the delta plan data.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

delta plan in the database.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

idname

varchar2(128) not null

The name of the delta plan, displayed in the

Plan Manager section of the Optimizer
Workflow.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write

permissions for the user, the default group they
belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on
page 15.

plankey

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the delta

plan with a particular plan.

prevdeltaplankey

number(38)

Identifies the previous delta plan created before

this one.

projectno

number(38)

startingcost

number(38)

The starting cost, displayed in the Optimizer

dialog box.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Table DESIGNTARGET
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

createdate

designtargetkey

Constraint Description
Stores a number indicating the user group
associated with the user who created the
object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + designtargetcompkey) references the DESIGNTARGETCOMP table

FK2 (projectno + designtargetgroupkey) references the DESIGNTARGETGROUP table

Table DESIGNTARGETATOM
This table shows the column list:

274

Name

DataType

Constraint

adjacency

number(2)

Indicates adjacency level.

areatraffic

number(2)

NOT USED.

bearer

number(38)

ID code identifying the bearer.

carrier

number(38)

ID code identifying the carrier.

cellaykey

number(38)

Associates carrier layers to the various cell

layers in the site database.

cluttercode

number(38)

ID code identifying the clutter.

createdate

modifydate

varchar2 (32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write

permissions for the user, the default group
they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions
on page 15.

projectno

number(38)

service

number(38)

ID code identifying the service.

subsgroup

number(38)

ID code identifying the subscriber group.

techtype

number(38)

Field storing the technology type used, either

GSM (1) or UMTS (2).

termtype

number(38)

ID code identifying the terminal type.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + designtargetgroupkey) references the DESIGNTARGETGROUP table

Table DESIGNTARGETCOMP
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

compid

number(38)

not null

createdate

cost mechanism.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write

permissions for the user, the default group they
belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on
page 15.

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number identifying the

component type.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group
associated with the user who created the object.

Table DESIGNTARGETGROUP
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

designtargetgroupkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

design target group.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

User defined identifier for each particular config

profile entry.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

275

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

technology

varchar2(64)

Identifies the technology used, either GSM or

UMTS.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

Three digit code that provides the write

permissions for the user, the default group they
belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on
page 15.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Table MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS
This table shows the column list:

276

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

active

number(38)

constraintkey

number(38)

constraintname

varchar2(32)

The name of the action or unit.

createdate

varchar2(32)

usergroup

number(38)

Indicates whether the constraint is specified (1)

or not (0) for an action or a unit in the optimizer.
not null

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

constraint in the database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group
associated with the user who created the
object.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table OPTIMISATIONDETAILS
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

majortype

number(10)

Identifies the type of optimization - optimization actions

(1), parameter change cost categories (2), cost
mechanism function components (3), power mechanism
function components (4), Monte Carlo mechanism
function components (5).

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

optimisationdetailskey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of

optimization details in a database.

optimisationsnapshotkey

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the optimization

details with a particular snapshot.

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

type

number(10)

A sub-type, used for the internal representation of major

type.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

value

float

The best cost value.

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each project
in a database.

not null

Foreign keys:

FK1(projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT

table

Table OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on
the order users were created in.

each project in a database.

timestamp

number(38)

not null

Stores time/date information related to the

optimization snapshot.

timestamptf

number(38)

Stores time/date information related to the

tweak file.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

Three digit code that provides the write

permissions for the user, the default group
they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions
on page 15.

Table OPTIONS
This table shows the column list:

278

Name

Data Type

Constraint

charvalue

varchar2(260)

Stores the option value, if the option is a string. This

value is defined on the Options tab of the Settings
section of the Optimizer Workflow.

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.

intvalue

number(38)

Stores the option value, if the option is an integer.

This value is defined on the Options tab of the
Settings section of the Optimizer Workflow.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

optionskey

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

state

number(38)

Stores the option value, if the option is a checkbox

(Boolean). This value is defined on the Options tab
of the Settings section of the Optimizer Workflow.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

value

float

Stores the option value, if the option is a float. This

value is defined on the Options tab of the Settings
section of the Optimizer Workflow.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

option in the database. This options are listed on the
Options tab of the Settings section of the Optimizer
Workflow.
Three digit code that provides the write permissions
for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table PEDATAINDEX
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

configprofilekey

number(38)

not null

counter

varchar2(256)

Stores the name of the raster.

createdate

varchar2 (32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

filename

varchar2(4000)

Stores the file name of the Microsoft Excel data

source.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

pedataindexkey

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

source

varchar2(4000)

Stores the location of the Microsoft Excel data source.

spreadcode

number(38)

Stores the spreading code raster reference.

techtype

number(38)

not null

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1)

or UMTS (2).

timestamp

number(38)

not null

Time of PE data raster creation.

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

configuration profile with the PE data.

Primary key uniquely identifying the table index entry.

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for
the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table PLAN
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

initials

clob

Stores initial site database data.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

not null

The Plan Name, defined in the Plan Wizard.

279

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

planconstraints

clob

plankey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each plan in

the Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

restriction

clob

Stores the point data for the restriction polygon created

for the plan in the Plan Wizard.

restrictionguid

varchar2(64)

Stores the restriction polygon guid.

technology

varchar2(256)

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1)

or UMTS (2).

userestrict

number(38)

Indicates whether the Use Restriction Polygon option is

selected (1) or not (0) in the Plan Wizard.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

usevectors

number(38)

Indicates whether the Use Vectors option is selected (1)

or not (0) in the Plan Wizard.

viewscale

number(38)

FOR INTERNAL USE

xmax

number(38)

The x max co-ordinate of the map view chosen for the

plan.

xmin

number(38)

The x min co-ordinate of the map view chosen for the

plan.

ymax

number(38)

The y max co-ordinate of the map view chosen for the

plan.

ymin

number(38)

The y-min co-ordinates of the map view chosen for the

plan.

Stores optimization constraints data.

Table PLANAVAILABILITY
This table shows the column list:

280

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.

deltaplankey

number(38)

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

modifydate

project in a database.

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the available

plan with a particular delta plan.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

Data Type

usergroup

number(38)

Constraint Description
Stores a number indicating the user group
associated with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + deltaplankey) references the DELTAPLAN table

Table PLANREJECTIONOPTNS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

absrelthreshold

varchar2(32)

Indicates whether the threshold is absolute (0) or

relative (1).

active

number(38)

Indicates whether the threshold is specified (1) or not

(0) for the global/mechanism/
component due to metric degradation after initial
state.

project in a database.

technology

varchar2(64)

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM

(1) or UMTS (2).

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

modifydate

each plan/constraint template relationship in
the database.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the

plan with a particular constraint template.

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + constrainttemplatekey) references the CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE table

FK2 (projectno + plankey) references the PLAN table

Table PLANVECTOR
This table shows the column list:

282

Name

Data Type

Constrain Description
t

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order
users were created in.

featureid

number(38)

Indicates the ID of the feature contained within

the vector.

guid

varchar2(50)

Stores the guid of the vector.

idname

varchar2(32)

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

not null

The name of the vector.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constrain Description
t

permission

number(38)

plankey

number(38)

not null

Stores a number associating the vector with a

particular plan.

planvectorkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

plan vector in the database.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

type

number(2)

Indicates the vector type - user (0) or standard

(1).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

in a database.

qinterthres

float

The interference (quality) threshold.

qminarea

float

The minimum adjacent area affected by quality.

283

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

qmintraf

float

The minimum traffic affected by quality.

techtype

number(38)

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1) or

UMTS (2).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table PROBCELLID
This table shows the column list:

284

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

avrginter

float

The minimum interference threshold for problem cell

identification (pci) due to low quality.

createdate

varchar2(32)

NOT USED.

hndoverfailper

float

NOT USED.

hndovrs

number(38)

The number of handovers.

hndovrsper

float

minlqtraffic

float

The minimum traffic threshold for pci due to low quality.

minqualprob

float

The minimum quality probability for pci due to low

quality.

minsgnlstrngth

float

The minimum signal strength for pci due to low

coverage.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

clutter set.

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

statistickey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

statistic set in a database.

statistictype

number(10)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the

statistic set with a particular optimisation
snapshot.
Three digit code that provides the write
permissions for the user, the default group they
belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on
page 15.

The statistic type.

285

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

totalvalue

float

The total optimization value associated with this

statistic set.

type

number(2)

Indicates the type of vector - standard (0), user

(1) or building (2).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

value

float

The best plan cost value.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT

table

Table STATISTICMC
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on
the order users were created in.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

optimisationsnapshotkey

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

servicekey

number(38)

statisticmckey

number(38)

statistictype

number(10)

Indicates the type of statistic - either Mean

Attempts Terminals (1) or Mean Served
Terminals (2).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

value

float

The best plan cost value.

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the

Monte Carlo statistics with a particular
optimization snapshot.
Three digit code that provides the write
permissions for the user, the default group
they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions
on page 15.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.
Stores a unique number, associating the
Monte Carlo statistics with a particular
service.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each set of Monte Carlo statistics in a
database.

Foreign Keys:

286

FK1 (projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT

table

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table VECTORPARAMETERS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

bandname

varchar2 (64)

Indicates the technology type.

createdate

varchar2 (32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

featurid

number(38)

not null

Stores the ID of the individual polygon or line vector

contained inside the vector file.

guid

varchar2 (50)

not null

Stores the guid of the vector.

indoorper

float

NOT USED.

infade

float

NOT USED.

inloss

float

NOT USED.

polluters defined in the Vector Thresholds.

power

float

created but then removed by a user, the vector record
still exists but is no longer active.

technology

varchar2 (64)

thr_key

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1) or

UMTS (2).
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

287

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

288

CONNECT Database Tables

10 CONNECT Database Tables

This table describes the tables in the database that relate to CONNECT:
This
Table

Stores
Information On

Primary
Keys

AMCRECEIVERTHRESHOL
D

The maximum
receiver threshold
at particular
bandwidth,
frequency and
power settings

projectno

AMCTRANSMITPOWER

The maximum
transmit power at
particular
bandwidths and
modulation types

projectno

Back to back
passive repeater
antennas

backtobackantenna_pk

BACKTOBACKANTENNA

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?
NO

typekey

prlinkend_fk

FK1 - linkfk

YES

FK2 - prlinkend_fk
FK3 - prlinkfk

projectno
BAND

CARRIERAMCTHRESHOLD

CARRIERFEED

The frequency
Bands and
channels available
for microwave links,
defined in the Band
Channels dialog
box

bandkey

Modulation type
power thresholds
for carriers

modtypekey

The feeders
defined for the
carriers

carrierfeedersettingskey

YES

projectno

FK1 - pmpcarrierfk

YES

FK1 pmpcarrierkey

YES

FK1 - bandkey

YES

projectno

pmpcarrierkey
projectno

CHANNEL

The channels in
each frequency
band

bandkey
lofreq
projectno

CIOBJ

CIOBJENTRY

LINK

T/I Objectives
tables for Carrier
and Interferer
bandwidths,
defined in the T/I
Objectives dialog
box

ciobjkey

Required C/I values

for frequency
separations
between the carrier
and Interferer in
each T/I Objective
table

ciobjkey

Links, defined in
the Links Database

projectno

YES

projectno

FK1 - ciobjkey

YES

freqsep
projectno

YES

linkkey
289

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores
Information On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

LINKAMCTHRESHOLD

Modulation type
power thresholds
for links

linkkey

FK1 - ptplinkendfk

YES

FK1 - linkkey

YES

modtypekey
projectno
radioequip
radioflag

LINKATTACH

LINKENDANTENNA

The location of files

that have been
attached to each of
the links defined in
the Link Database

attachkey

Linkend antennas,
defined on the
Antenna tab of a
PmP Hub

linkendantennakey

projectno

YES

projectno
ptplinkendkey

LINKENDFEED

Linkend feeders,
defined on the
Feeder tab of a
PmP Hub Carrier

linkendfeedersettingskey

FK1 ptplinkendkey

YES

projectno
ptplinkendkey

LINKLOSVALUES

LINKTERMEQUIP

LINKTYPE

LINKUDH

LINKUDPROF

MODULATIONTYPE

MWANTENNATYPE

PMPCARRIER

PMPHUB

290

Link Status values,

defined in the Link
LOS Editor

linkloskey

Link terminal
equipment, defined
in the Link Terminal
Equipment dialog
box

linktermequipmentkey

Link types, defined

in the Link Types
dialog box

linktypekey

User defined
heights used in the
Height Profile
window

distance

User defined
profiles created in
the User Defined
Profile dialog box

linkkeypk

Modulation types,
defined in the
Modulation Types
dialog box

modtypepk

Microwave
antennas, defined
in the Antennas
Database

mwantennakey

PmP carriers,
defined in the Link
Database

pmpcarrierkey

PmP hubs, defined

in the Link
Database

pmphubkey

projectno
YES

projectno

YES

projectno
FK1 - linkkeypk

YES

FK1 - linkkeypk

YES

linkkeypk
projectno

projectno

YES

projectno

YES

projectno

FK1 pmpsectorkey

YES

FK1 - siteaddrkey

YES

CONNECT Database Tables

This
Table

Stores
Information On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

PMPHUBLINKEND

PmP hub linkends,

defined in the Link
Database

pmphublinkendkey

FK1 - linkkey

YES

PmP sectors,
defined in the Link
Database

pmpsectorkey

Linkends
connecting passive
repeaters
Links connecting
back-to-back
passive repeaters

prlpk

Links connecting
reflector passive
repeaters

linkpk

FK1 - linkpk

prlpk

FK2 - prlpk

PMPSECTOR

PRLINKEND

PRLLINK

PRLREF

FK2 - pmphubkey

projectno
FK1 - pmphubkey

YES

prlinkend_pk

FK1 - linkfk

YES

projectno

FK2 - prlinkfk

projectno

YES

projectno
YES

projectno
PTPLINKEND

RADIOAMCTHRESHOLD

RADIOEQUIP

RADIOMASK

REFLECTOR

PtP linkends
defined in the Links
Database

projectno

FK1 - linkkey

ptplinkendkey

FK2 - siteaddrkey

Modulation type
power thresholds
for radio equipment

modtypekey

FK1 radioequippk

Radio equipment,
defined in the
Radio Equipment
dialog box

projectno

Any radio masks

that you have
defined on the Tx
Spectrum and Rx
Selectivity tabs of
the Radio
Equipment dialog
box

masktype

Reflector passive
repeaters

projectno

YES

radioequipkey

FK1 radioequippk

YES

projectno

FK1 - linkfk

YES

reflectorpk

FK2 - prlinkendfk

offsetvalue
projectno
radioequippk

FK3 - prlinkfk
SECTORANTENNA

Sector antennas

pmpsectorkey
projectno

FK1 pmpsectorkey

YES

sectorantennakey
SHAREDLINKTEMPRANGE

SPLITTER

System ranges for

use in link
templates

projectno

Splitters

projectno

YES

rangekey
YES

splitterkey
SPURLINK

Routes taken by a
signal travelling
between sites and
a BSC

projectno

YES

spurpk

291

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

This
Table

Stores
Information On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

SPURREF

Routes taken by a
signal travelling
along a reflected
route between sites
and a BSC

linkpk

FK1 - spurpk

YES

User ranges for use

in link templates

projectno

USERLINKTEMPRANGE

projectno
spurpk
YES

rangekey

Table AMCRECEIVERTHRESHOLD
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

number

Primary key, a unique identifier for each threshold

value stored in the database.

type_bw

number

Indicates whether the bandwidth is ETSI (0) or FCC (1).

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table AMCTRANSMITPOWER
This table shows the column list:

antennaheight

float

backtobackantenna_pk

integer

coords

sdo_geometry

Stores the coordinates of the back to back passive

repeater antenna, which are defined on the
Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab.

coordtype

number

Indicates whether the coordinates are stored as a

relative location (1) or an absolute location (0).
Defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a back to back passive repeater.

dryradomeloss

float(64)

The Dry Radome Loss (in dB) for the antenna,

defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a back to back passive repeater.

linkfk

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the back to

back passive repeater antenna to a particular link.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

mwantenna_fk

integer

References an instance of a microwave antenna.

overrideactelev

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

tilt

float

NOT USED.

useractelev

float

The user defined Active Elevation, defined on the

Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for
a back to back passive repeater.

The height of the antenna in m, defined on the

Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for
a back to back passive repeater.
not null

Primary Key, storing a unique number for each

back to back passive repeater antenna.

293

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

userantdir

float

The user defined antenna Direction, defined on the

Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for
a back to back passive repeater.

wetradomeloss

float(64)

The Wet Radome Loss (in dB) for the antenna,

defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a back to back passive repeater.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + linkfk) references the LINK table

FK2 (projectno + prlinkend_fk) references the PRLINKEND table

FK3 (projectno + prlinkfk) references the PRLLINK table

Table BAND
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

bandduplexmethod

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the band duplex method.

bandkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each band in

the database.

projectno

integer

usergroup

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
NOT USED.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table CARRIERAMCTHRESHOLD
This table shows the column list:

294

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

atpcrange

a carrier in the database.

pmpcarrierfk

number(38)

rxpower

float

The received threshold in dBm for the associated

modulation type. This is defined in the Modulation
Parameters dialog box for the carrier.

threshold1

float

The threshold1 value in dBm for the associated

modulation type. This is defined in the Modulation
Parameters dialog box for the carrier.

threshold2

float

The threshold2 value in dBm for the associated

modulation type. This is defined in the Modulation
Parameters dialog box for the carrier.

xpifrange

float

The XPIF range in dB defined on the Radio tab for a

carrier in the Link Database.

not null

Description

Primary key, identifying the modulation type defined in

the appropriate (Capacity, Modulation Parameters or
Signature Parameters) dialog box.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + pmpcarrierfk) references the PMPCARRIER table

Table CARRIERFEED
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrierfeedersettingskey

integer

not null

Primary key used to uniquely identify each

feeder setting in the table.

feederkey

integer

Stores a unique number for each feeder in the

database.

feederlength

float

The length of feeder (in m), defined on the

Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
Link in the Link Database.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

295

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

overridefeederloss

integer

pmpcarrierkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number

associating the feeder with a particular PmP
carrier.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

radioflag

integer

sectorantennakey

integer

userfeederloss

float

Indicates whether the Override Total Feeder

Loss option has been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Feeders subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a Link in the Link
Database.

Indicates the type of antenna that the feeder is

attached to - main Tx(0), main Rx(1), diversity
Tx(2) or diversity Rx(3).
not null

Stores a unique number, associating the feeder

with a particular sector antenna.
The Total Feeder Loss (in dB), defined on the
Feeder subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
Link in the Link Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + pmpcarrierkey) references the PMPCARRIER table

Table CHANNEL
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bandkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

channel with a particular band.

channame

varchar2(32)

The Channel Name, defined in the Channel Editor

dialog box.

hifreq

float

The High Frequency (in MHz) for the channel, defined

in the Channel Editor dialog box.

lofreq

float

not null

Primary key, storing the Low Frequency (in MHz) of

the channel, defined in the Channel Editor dialog box.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

296

FK1 (projectno + bandkey) references the BAND table

CONNECT Database Tables

Table CIOBJ
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

ciobjkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each T/I

Objective in the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(32)

intfcarrierbw

float

The Interferer Radio Settings Carrier Bandwidth (in

MHz) for the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I Objectives
Editor dialog box.

intfchannel
cpctytype

integer

Intfchannelcpctytype is the enumerated value that

corresponds to a interferer radio capacity type (such as
E1 or STM16). In the code each capacity type has a
corresponding numerical value (for example, the label
E1 corresponds to 1 and T1 to 6). These values are
stored in the database so if a link or radio equipment is
set to use T1 - it's database entry will be 6. This can be
translated back to T1. Defined in the T/I Objectives
Editor dialog box.

intfmodtype

integer

A number corresponding to the Interferer Radio

Settings Modulation Type for the T/I Objective, defined
in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog box.

not null

The T/I Objective ID, defined in the T/I Objectives Editor

dialog box.

A value of 0 indicates that the modulation type is

Undefined.
intfnoofchannels

integer

The number of channels in the interferer radio capacity.

This works in conjunction with the intfchannelcpctytype
to give the capacity. It is defined in the T/I Objectives
Editor dialog box.

intfradioequip

integer

A number corresponding to the Interferer Radio

Settings Radio Equipment for the T/I Objective, defined
in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog box.
A value of 0 indicates that the radio equipment is
Unknown.

intfsinglevalue

float

The capacity of the interferer radio defined as a single

value in Kbps. This is defined in the T/I Objectives
Editor dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

victimcarrierbw

float

The Victim Radio Settings Carrier Bandwidth (in MHz)

for the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I Objectives Editor
dialog box.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
NOT USED.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

297

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

value in Kbps. This is defined in the T/I Objectives
Editor dialog box.

Table CIOBJENTRY
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

ciobjective

float

ciobjkey

integer

not null

Primary key, used to relate each particular T/I

Objective table to the actual values aimed to be
achieved, as specified in this table.

freqsep

float

not null

Primary key that specifies the various channel

separations encountered when working with each
particular carrier bandwidth.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Field that stores the T/I ratio required for each

particular carrier and interference separation specified.

Foreign Keys:

298

FK1 (projectno + ciobjkey) references the CIOBJ table

CONNECT Database Tables

Table LINK
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

alpha

float

The alpha value set for an ITU-R P.530-7 or 53012 link. This is defined on the Propagation
Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab for a link
in the Link Database.

calcmethod

integer

Indicates the calculation method used:

ITU-R P.530-12 (0), ITU-R P.530-7 (1), Vigants
(2) or ITU-R P.530-15 (3).

capacitytype

integer

The capacity type defined in the top right hand

drop down list of the Select Input Method pane
on the Type subtab of the General tab for a link
in the Link Database. Values (0-14) correspond
to the options listed if PDH is selected. Values
(15-29) correspond to the options listed if SDH is
selected.

channelbased

integer

Indicates whether the Channel Based option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on
the Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a link in the Link Database.

channelkey

integer

class

integer

The Link Class, set for a ITU-T G.821 link. This

is defined on the Objectives Settings subtab of
the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database:
None(0) Class 1(1), Class2,(2),
Class3(3), Class4(4).

climatefactor

float(64)

A numerical constant used when the Climate

Factor is set for a Vigants link. This is defined on
the Propagation Prediction subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.

climateterrain

integer

Stores a unique number indicating the

Climate/Terrain Factor selected for a Vigants link
- Wet & Humid (0), Average Terrain & Climate
(1), Mountain Dry (2), User Define Terrain &
Climate (3) or Terrain & Climate Factor (4).

not null

Description

A key that uniquely identifies a channel.

Indicates the Description of the Coastal Area for

an ITU-R P.530-7 link - Inland (0), Over Large
Bodies (1), Over Medium Bodies (2),
Indeterminate (3) or Area of Many Lakes (4).
This is defined on the Propagation Prediction
subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database.

coastalprop

float(64)

The proportion of path length over coastal area

for an ITU-R P.530-7 link. This is defined on the
Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation
tab for a link in the Link Database.

comments

varchar2(25
5)

Stores optional comments for a link, defined on

the Mappings tab for a link in the Link Database.

coverscoastal

integer

Indicates whether the Does the path cross over

coastal areas option for a ITU-R P.530-7 link has
been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on
the Propagation Prediction subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order
users were created in.

directradiocap

varchar2(32)

NOT USED.

directradiofamily

varchar2(64)

NOT USED.

divchannelbased

integer

Indicates whether the Channel Based option has

been selected (1) or not (0) Used for the diversity
frequency only.
This is defined on the Frequency subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.

divchannelkey

integer

divfreqbandkey

integer

not null

A key that uniquely identifies a channel. Used for

the frequency diversity only.
Stores a unique number, associating a particular
frequency band with the link.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divfreqchannel

varchar2(32)

The name of the channel used by the frequency

band, defined on the Frequency subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divpolarisation

integer

Indicates the polarisation for the link, which can

be horizontal (0) or vertical (1). Defined on the
Frequency subtab of the Link Database dialog
box.
Used for diversity frequency only.

duplexmethod

300

integer

Indicates the Duplex Method defined on the Type

subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database. Values are FDD (0) or TDD (1).

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

errorperformance

float

The A1, B or C parameter value (in %) for the

ITU-R F.1668-1 Calculation Method. This is
defined on the Objective Settings subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.

excess

float

The Percentage of time the rainfall is exceeded,

defined on the Rainfall subtab of the Calculation
tab for a link in the Link Database.

flagvalue

varchar2(25
5)

Stores a unique value, associating a particular

field with the object.

freqbandkey

integer

Stores a unique number associating a particular

frequency band with the link.

freqchannel

varchar2(32)

The name of the channel used by the frequency

band, defined on the Frequency subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.

grade

integer

The Link Grade, defined on the Objectives

Settings subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in
the Link Database: high(0), medium(1), local(2).

headersize

integer

The header size for a link in bytes defined on the

Type sub-tab of the General tab for a link in the
Link Database.

idname

varchar2(12
8)

infocomments

varchar2(25
5)

Stores any comments related to the link, defined

on the Info subtab of the General tab for a link in
the Link Database.

islinkreverse

integer

Stores a number indicating the link reverse

status.

istemplate

integer

Indicates whether the link is a template (1) or not

(0).

kfactor

float(64)

The Geoclimatic factor k for an ITU-R 530-7 or

530-12 link, defined on the Propagation
Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab for a link
in the Link Database.

linkkey

General tab for a link in the Link Database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

link in the database.

This is defined on the Type subtab of the

General tab for a link in the Link Database.
modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

301

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

Constraint

Description
Indicates whether the frequency diversity option
has been selected (1) or not (0) (Point to point
links only).
This is defined on the Frequency subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.

radioconfigm

integer

Indicates whether or not the link is protected (1)

or not (0), defined by the M setting of the Select
Radio Configuration Field on the General tab of
the Link Database dialog box.

radioconfign

integer

Indicates the maximum number of traffic links

possible for a multi-radio link, defined by the N
setting of the Select Radio Configuration Field on
the General tab of the Link Database dialog box.

rainmodel

integer

The Rainfall Calculation Method used, - ITU-R

P.530-12 (0), Crane (1) or ITU-R P.530-15 (2).
This is defined on the Rainfall subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.

rainrate

float(64)

The Rain Rate for 0.01% (in mm/h), defined on

the Rainfall subtab of the Calculation tab for a
link in the Link Database.

rangepk

integer

The range of the link, if one has been set.

reflinklength

integer

The reference link length.

reflinklengthover

integer

Indicates whether the reference link length has

been overriden (1) or not (0).

reflossA

float(64)

The calculated reflection loss at Linkend A, in

dB.
This is displayed on the Link Budget subtab of
the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database.

reflossB

float(64)

The calculated reflection loss at Linkend A, in

dB.
This is displayed on the Link Budget subtab of
the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database.

303

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

region

integer

Constraint

Description
Indicates the link Region.
This is defined on the Outage Period subtab of
the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database:
Global(0),
Europe North West(1),
[North West] [1.3GHz](2),
[North West] [11GHz](3),
[Mediterranean](4),
[Nordic](5), [Alpine](6),
[Poland](7), [Russia](8),
[UK] [40 and 50 GHz](9),
Congo(10),
Canada [Prairie and North](11),
[Coast and Great Lake](12)
[Central and Mountains](13)
United [States of America Virginia](14)
Russia [North European Region](15)
[Central and West European Region](16)
[Middle Volga Region & South Urals](17)
[Central Steppe & South European](18)
[West Siberian Region](19)
[Middle Siberian Plateau & Jakut](20)
[South Far East](21)
Australia [Temperate/Coastal](22)
[Subtropical/Coastal](23)
[Tropical/Arid](24)
Brazil [Equatorial](25)
[Tropical Maritime](26)
[Tropical Inland](27)
[Subtropical](28)
Indonesia(29)
Japan [Tokyo](30)
[Yamaguchi](31)
[Kashima](32)
South Korea(33)

304

shortperiodtype

integer

The terrain type used for short worst period of

time unit: Relatively Flat Path (0), Hilly Path (1),
Mountainous Path (2).

shortperiodunit

integer

The unit used for short worst period of time unit:

Hours (0), Days (1), Weeks (2), Month (3).

shortperiodvalue

integer

The value for the short worst period of time.

singlecapacity-value

integer

The Single Capacity Value (in Kbps), defined on

the Type subtab of the General tab for a link in
the Link Database.

symmetry

integer

The number of frames out of 100 used for

forward traffic shown in the left-hand Symmetry
field on the Type subtab of the General tab for a
link in the Link Database.

symmetrymp

integer

The number of frames out of 100 used for

reverse traffic shown in the right-hand Symmetry
field on the Type subtab of the General tab for a
link in the Link Database.

syncdelay

float(64)

The Delay in ms defined on the Frequency

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in
the Link Database.

syncmode

integer

Indicates whether the TDD link is synchronised

at End A (0), End B (1) or is Asynchronized (2).
Defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

tempraturefactor

float(64)

Constraint

associated with the user with read permissions
for this object.

305

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table LINKAMCTHRESHOLD
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

atpcrange

float

linkkey

number(38)

maxtxpower

float

The maximum transmit power in dBm for the

associated modulation type. This is defined in the
Modulation Parameters dialog box for the link.

mintxpower

float

The minimum transmit power in dBm for the

associated modulation type. This is defined in the
Modulation Parameters dialog box for the link.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

modtypekey

number(38)

nominalpower

float

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

ptplinkendfk

number(38)

not null

A unique number associating the AMC Thresholds

table with a particular link in the database.

Radio Equipment dialog box for a carrier in the
database.

The ATPC range in dB for the associated modulation

type defined in the Modulation Parameters dialog box.
not null

not null

Primary key, a unique number identifying the link.

Primary key, identifying the modulation type defined

in the appropriate (Capacity, Modulation Parameters
or Signature Parameters) dialog box.
The Nominal Power in dBm defined on the Radio A
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
database.

Foreign Keys:

306

FK1 (projectno + ptplinkendfk) references the PTPLINKEND table

CONNECT Database Tables

Table LINKATTACH
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + linkkey) reference the LINK table

Table LINKENDANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

antennaheight

float

The Height (in m) of the antenna, defined on the

Antenna A (or B) subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.

coords

mdsys.gdo_geo
metry

Stores the coordinates of the antenna, which

are defined on the Antenna A (or B) subtab of
the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.

coordtype

integer

associating the linkend antenna with a particular
linkend.

tilt

float

The User Defined Tilt (in degrees), defined on

Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a link in the Link Database.

linkendantennakey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a

particular antenna with the linkend.

linkendfeedersettingskey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each set of linkend feeder settings in the
database.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType Constraint Description

overridefeederloss

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.

ptplinkendkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number

associating the feeder setting with a particular
linkend.

radioflag

integer

Indicates which type of antenna the feeder is

attached to - Antenna A Main, Antenna B
Main, Antenna A Diversity or Antenna B
Diversity.

userfeederloss(64)

float

The Total Feeder Loss (in dB), defined on the

Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a link in the Link Database.

Indicates whether the Total Feeder Loss has

been overriden (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Feeders subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

Foreign Key:

FK1 (projectno + ptplinkendkey) references the PTPLINKEND table

Table LINKLOSVALUES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

linkloskey

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, storing a unique number for each link

status value in a database.

linklosvalue

varchar2(512)

projectno

number(38)

The name of the link status value, for example Critical

LOS.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table LINKTERMEQUIP
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

cost

float

The Unit cost of the link terminal equipment, defined

on the Costing tab of the Link Terminal Equipment
dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the link terminal

equipment.

idname

varchar2(32)

not null

Description

The Part ID of the link terminal equipment.

309

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

inputtype

varchar2(128)

linktermequipkey

integer

manufacturer

varchar2(128)

The name of the manufacturer of the link terminal

equipment, defined on the Info tab of the Link
Terminal Equipment dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

outputtype

varchar2(128)

A user specified number denoting the Output Type,

defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal
Equipment dialog box.

parentkey

integer

Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored,

in the Link Terminal Equipment dialog box.
60000 = All projects folder
60001 = First created project folder
60002 = Second created project folder and so on.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

photofile

varchar2(128)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the link

terminal equipment, specified on the General tab of
the Link Terminal Equipment dialog box.

projectno

integer

supplierkey

integer

Stores a number for the link terminal equipment

supplier, defined on the Costing tab of the Link
Terminal Equipment dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the associated weight of the link terminal

equipment.

A user specified number denoting the Input Type,

defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal
Equipment dialog box.
not null

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link

terminal equipment in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Table LINKTYPE
This table shows the column list:

310

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

bearer

integer

Stores a unique number indicating the bearer microwave (0), fibre optic (1), copper (2) or satellite
(3).

comments

varchar2(256)

Stores any optional comments for the link type.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

fibres

integer

The Number of Fibres for a Fibre Optic link type,

defined on the Link Types dialog box.

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

idname

varchar2(32)

not null

The link type ID, defined in the Link Types dialog box.

installcost

float

linktypekey

integer

maintencost

float

The Annual Maintenance Cost, defined in the Link

Types dialog box.

manufacturer

varchar2(64)

The Manufacturer, defined in the Link Types dialog

box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

rentalcostkm

float

The Annual Rental Cost/Km, defined in the Link Types

dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

The Installation Cost, defined in the Link Types dialog

box.
not null

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link

type in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
NOT USED.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table LINKUDH
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

buildingraster

changes to the table.

projectno

number(38)

theight

float

not null

Description

Primary key, storing the Distance (km) from End A.

This is displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link in a

database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
The total height (in metres). This is displayed in the
User Defined Profile dialog box.
311

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

ucluttervalue

float

The clutter height at the point, based on the userdefined data. This is displayed in the User Defined
Profile dialog box.

udtmvalue

float

The DTM height at the point, based on the user-defined

data. This is displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog
box.

uobstructionvalue

float

The obstruction height at the point, based on the userdefined data. This will be either the building vector or
building raster height, whichever is greater. This is
displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + linkkeypk) references the LINKUDPROF table

Table LINKUDPROF
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

linkkeypk

number(38)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Description

Primary key, indicating the link used for the user

defined profile.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + linkkeypk) references the LINK table

Table MODULATIONTYPE
This table shows the column list:

312

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bitspersymbol

float

The bits per symbol for the modulation type, defined in the
Modulation Types dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Description

The name of the modulation type, defined in the

Modulation Types dialog box.
The date when the object was last modified.

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with
the user who created the object.

Table MWANTENNATYPE
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

cost

float

The Unit cost of the antenna, defined on the Costing

tab of the Microwave Antennas dialog box.

createdate

date

Microwave Antennas dialog box (in dBi or dBd).

gaintype

integer

Indicates whether the gain is measured in dBi (0)

(isotropic antennas) or dBd (1) (dipole antennas).
313

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

314

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

halfpowerbeamwidth

float

idname

varchar2(128)

manufacturer

varchar2(64)

The name of the manufacturer of the microwave

antenna.

mask

clob

Stores pattern data, particularly the Pattern Type and

Mask Type and the horizontal and vertical angle loss
data.

maskstyle

integer

Indicates the mask style defined on the Info tab of the

Microwave Antennas dialog box which can be
symmetrical (0) or non symmetrical (1).

maxopfreq

float

The Max Oper Frequency (in MHz), defined on the

Info tab of the Microwave Antennas dialog box.

minopfreq

float

The Min Oper Frequency (in MHz), defined on the

Info tab of the Microwave Antennas dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

mwantennakey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

microwave antenna in the database.

parentkey

integer

Stores a unique number, identifying the parent folder

of the microwave antenna.

patternid

varchar2(20)

The pattern id defined on the Info tab of the

Microwave Antennas dialog box.This is only used for
NSMA antennas.

permission

integer

NOT USED.

photofile

varchar2(128)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the

microwave antenna, specified on the General tab of
the Microwave Antennas dialog box.

polarisation

integer

The type of polarisation supported on the antenna,

single horizontal (0), single vertical (1), single
crosspolar (2) or dual polarisation (3). This is defined
on the Info tab of the Microwave Antennas dialog
box.

projectno

integer

Data Type

Constraint

varchar2(255)

Stores optional comments, defined on the

General tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on
the order users were created in.

divchannelbased

integer

Indicates whether the Channel Based option

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

divenableatpc

integer

Constraint

Indicates whether the suggested modulation

type has been overridden (1) or not (0).
Defined on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a
carrier in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divoverrideatpcrange

integer

Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override

option is selected (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

316

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

The required throughput value in Mbps defined

on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a carrier in
the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrxattenuator

float(64)

The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrxbranchloss

float(64)

The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrxmiscloss

float(64)

The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

317

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

divsuggested
modulationtype

integer

not null

The primary key of the suggested modulation

type chosen by CONNECT. This references
the MODULATIONTYPE table.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divtxattenuator

float(64)

The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divtxbranchloss

float(64)

The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divtxmiscloss

float(64)

The Tx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

318

duplexmethod

integer

Indicates the Duplex Method defined on the

Typel tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database. Values are FDD (0) or TDD (1).

enableamc

Low (1), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.

freqdiv

integer

Indicates whether the Frequency Diversity

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is
defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in
the Link Database.

not null

Indicates whether the Enable AMC option is

selected (1) or not (0) for this carrier. Defined
on the Modulation/
Capacity tab for a carrier in the Link
Database.

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

headersize

integer

The header size for a link in bytes defined on

the Type tab for a carrier in the Link Database.

highpriority
availability

float

The High Priority Availability percentage

defined on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a
PmP Carrier in the Link Database.

highpriority
throughput

float

The High Priority Throughput in Mbps defined

on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.

idname

varchar2(128)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

name1

tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.

packettype

integer

The Packet Type, IPv4(0) or IPv6(1), defined

on the Type tab tab a PmP carrier in the Link
Database. Values are FDD (0) or TDD (1).

pdhsdhmultiple

integer

The multiplier used along with the capacity

type to calculate the carrier capacity - for
example, if the carrier capacity was 2 x E1, the
pdhsdhmultiple value would be 2.

not null

Description

The Carrier ID, defined on the General tab for

a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Indicates whether the suggested modulation

type has been overridden (1) or not (0).
Defined on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a
carrier in the Link Database.

If the suggested modulation type has been

overridden, this number is the primary key for
the chosen modulation type as defined in the
modulation type table.

This value is used when the PDH/SDH option

has been selected on the Type tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.

319

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

permission

integer

pmpcarrierkey

integer

pmpchannellist

varchar2(256)

pmpsectorkey

integer

polarisation

integer

predmodelkey

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the Primary

Prediction Model.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.

radioequip

integer

Stores a unique number identifying the radio

equipment assigned to the PmP carrier. This is
defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in
the Link Database.

radmou

integer

Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0),

HotSB (1), HotSB + Space div. (2), 1+1 (single
ant.) (3), 1+1 (2 ant.) (4).

Three digit code that provides the write

permissions for the user, the default group
they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on
page 15.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each PmP carrier in the database.
Indicates user specified values defined in the
PDH/SDH drop-down list on the Type tab for a
hybrid in the Link Database.

not null

Stores a unique number associating the PmP

carrier with a particular PmP sector.
Indicates the type of polarisation on the Radio
tab of the Link Database which can be
horizontal (1) or vertical (2).

This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP

Carrier in the Link Database.
radthresh

integer

The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or

the 2nd (1) - defined on the Radio tab for a
PmP Carrier in the Link Database.

required
availability

float

The Required Availability percentage defined

on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.

required
throughput

float

rxattenuator

float(64)

The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

rxbranchloss

float(64)

The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

rxmiscloss

float(64)

The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

singlecapacityvalue

integer

The carrier capacity in Kbps.

Indicates whether the carrier capacity is stored

as a single value (1) or not (0).

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + pmpsectorkey) references the PMPSECTOR table

Table PMPHUB
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

comments

varchar2(255)

Stores optional comments, defined on the General

tab for a PmP Hub in the Link Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

istemplate

integer

Indicates whether the PmP hub is a template (1) or

not (0).

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

name1

varchar2(32)

The 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a PmP

Hub in the Link Database.

name2

varchar2(32)

The 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a PmP

Hub in the Link Database.

not null

The Hub ID, defined on the General tab for a PmP

Hub in the Link Database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

321

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

permission

integer

pmphubkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each PmP

Hub in the database.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

siteaddrkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the PmP hub

with a particular Property.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

visibility

integer

Three digit code that provides the read permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

visibilitygroup

integer

A number representing the group defined in the

Group field of the Object Read Permissions pane on
the Admin tab for a PmP Hub in the Link Database.

Three digit code that provides the write permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + siteaddrkey) references the SITEADDRESS table

Table PMPHUBLINKEND
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint Description

annualavail

float

The annual availability percentage defined on the

Reliability subtab of the Performance tab for a Point to
Multi Point (PMP) link in the Link Database.

annualreliab

float

The total annual reliability percentage defined on the

on the Reliability subtab of the Performance tab for a
PMP link in the Link Database.

avgrefractivity

float(64)

The average refractivity value at the linkend.

bearing

float

The orientation of each of the antennas mounted on

the sites in the database.

Constraint Description
The link length (in km) defined on the Objectives
subtab of the Performance tab for a PMP link in the
link database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

inclination

float

The tilting calculated by the tool to ensure the antenna

dishes on either side of the link are directly facing each
other. A positive value represents a downtilt and a
negative one an uptilt.

linkkey

integer

linktermequipkey

integer

Key used to uniquely identify each link termination

equipment in the table.

minantheight

float

The minimum antenna height.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

pmpcarrierkey

integer

Key used to uniquely identify each pmp carrier in the

table.

changes to the table.

Key used to uniquely identify each pmp sector in the

table.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + linkkey) references the LINK table

FK2 (projectno + pmphubkey) references the PMPHUB table

Table PMPSECTOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

comments

varchar2(255)

Stores optional comments, defined on the General tab

for a PmP sector in the Link Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.
323

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

The Sector ID, defined on the General tab for a PmP

sector in the Link Database.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

name1

varchar2(32)

The 1st Name of the sector, defined on the General

tab for a PmP sector in the Link Database.

name2

varchar2(32)

The 2nd Name of the sector, defined on the General

tab for a PmP sector in the Link Database.

overridenbwdeg

float

If the Override Sector BW option has been selected,

this field stores the Sector BW value in degrees.

overridebw

integer

in a database.

rangemtr

float

The sector range (in m), defined on the General tab for
a PmP sector in the Link Database.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + pmphubkey) references the PMPHUB table

Table PRLINKEND
This table shows the column list:

324

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

createdate

with a particular link.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

permission

integer

prlinkend_pk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each PR

linkend in the database.

prlinkfk

integer

not null

Stores a unique number associating the PR linkend with

a particular PR link.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

siteaddressfk

integer

Stores a unique number, associating the PR linkend

with a particular Property.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

waveguidelength

float

The Waveguide Length (in m), defined on the Passive

Repeater subtab of the Frequency tab for a PR link in
the Link Database.

waveguide-lossperm

float

The Waveguide Loss/m (in dB), defined on the Passive

Repeater subtab of the Frequency tab for a PR link in
the Link Database.

Three digit code that provides the write permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 15.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + linkfk) references the LINK table

FK2 (projectno + prlinkfk) references the PRLLINK table

Table PRLLINK
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

in the database.
325

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

projectno

number(38)

not null

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

visibility

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the read permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see the
ENTERPRISE Installation and Administration Guide.

visibilitygroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user with read permissions for this object.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Table PRLREF
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

legno

integer

linkpk

integer

not null

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Field representing the joining section for the passive

repeater link.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + linkpk) references the LINK table

FK2 (projectno + prlpk) references the PRLLINK table

Table PTPLINKEND
This table shows the column list:

326

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

additionallinktraffic

float (64)

The Additional Link Traffic value (kbps), defined on

the Routes tab for a link in the Link Database.

annualavail

float(64)

The annual availability (%), displayed on the

Reliability subtab of the Performance tab for a link in
the Link Database.

annualreliab

float(64)

The total annual reliability (%), displayed on the

Reliability subtab of the Performance tab for a link in
the Link Database.

avgrefractivity

float(64)

The average refractivity value, defined on the Rainfall

subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database.

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

bearing

float

Constraint

Description
The Direction (degrees) of each of the antennas
configured on the Antenna subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

channelcapacity
enum

Channelcapacityenum is the enum (enumerated

value) that corresponds to a capacity type (such as
E1 or STM16). In the code each capacity type has a
corresponding numerical value (for example, the label
E1 corresponds to 1 and T1 to 6). These values are
stored in the database so if a link or radio equipment
is set to use T1 - it's database entry will be 6. This
can be translated back to T1.
This is used in conjunction with the noofchannels
parameter to specify the capacity for a Native TDM or
Hybrid IP and TDM link, and is defined on the Type
subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.

channellist

If the user has specified his own number of channels,

this parameter stores this value. Multiple values can
be specified.
This is defined on the Frequency tab of the Radio
Equipment dialog box.

cmpfademargin

float(64)

The composite fade margin (in dB) defined on the

Fade Margin subtab of the Performance tab for a link
in the Link Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

divcmpfademargin

float(64)

The composite fade margin (in dB) defined on the

Fade Margin subtab of the Performance tab for a link
in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divenableamc

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Enable AMC option is selected

(1) or not (0) for this linkend. Defined on the
Modulation/Capacity tab for a link in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divenableatpc

integer

Indicates whether the enable Enable ATPC option

has been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on
the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link
in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divenable
nompower

integer

Indicates whether or not the nominal power (Pnom) is

enabled (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divenablexpic

integer

Indicates whether the enable Use XPIC option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in
the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

327

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

divfreqbw

float(64)

Constraint

Description
The Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on the
Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divfreqcentre

float(64)

The Centre Frequency (in GHz), defined on the

Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divfreqdesig

integer

The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or Low

(1), defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divhighpriority
availability

The High Priority Availability percentage defined on

the Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divhighpriority
throughput

The High Priority Throughput in Mbps defined on the

Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divoverrideamc

integer

not null

Indicates whether the suggested modulation type has

been overridden (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Modulation/
Capacity tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divoverrideatpcrange

integer

Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override option is

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divoverride
modulationtype

integer

not null

If the suggested modulation type has been

overridden, this number is the primary key for the
chosen modulation type as defined in the modulation
type table.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divoverride
expifvalue

integer

Indicates whether the Override XPIF Value option is

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divradioequip

integer

Stores a unique number identifying the radio

equipment assigned to the PmP carrier. This is
defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divradmou

integer

Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB (1),

HotSB + Space div. (2), 1+1 (single ant.) (3), 1+1 (2
ant.) (4).
This is defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

328

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

divradthresh

integer

Constraint

Description
The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or the 2nd
(1) - defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrequired
availability

float

The Required Availability percentage defined on the

Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

integer

Internal use.
not null

The primary key of the suggested modulation type

chosen by CONNECT. This references the
MODULATIONTYPE table.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divtxattenuator

float(64)

The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divtxbranchloss

float(64)

The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divtxmiscloss

float(64)

The Tx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

enableamc

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Enable AMC option is selected

(1) or not (0) for this linkend. Defined on the
Modulation/Capacity tab for a link in the Link
Database.

329

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.

freqdesig

integer

The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or Low

(1), defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

highpriority
availability

The High Priority Availability percentage defined on

the Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

highpriority
throughput

The High Priority Throughput in Mbps defined on the

Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.

inclination

float

Stores the tilting computed by the tool to ensure the

antenna dishes on either side of the link are directly
facing each other. A positive value represents a
downtilt and a negative one an up tilt.

isenda

integer

Indicates whether the linkend is end A (1) or not (0).

linkkey

integer

linkoccupancy

float

The Link Occupancy (%), defined on the Type subtab

of the General tab for a link in the Link Database.

linktermequipkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular link

terminal equipment with the linkend.

minantheight

float

Field that specifies the minimum antenna height.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

noofchannels

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the linkend with

a particular link.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
The number of channels, which is used in conjunction
with the channelcapacityenum parameter to specify
the capacity for a Native TDM or Hybrid IP and TDM
link.
This is defined on the Type subtab of the General tab
for a link in the Link Database.

330

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

objecttype

integer

overrideamc

integer

not null

Indicates whether the suggested modulation type has

been overridden (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Modulation/
Capacity tab for a link in the Link Database.

overrideatpcrange

integer

not null

Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override option is

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

overridedivspacing

integer

Indicates whether the Optimum Diversity Spacing

option is selected (1), or not (0). This is defined on
the Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.

overridedivspacing
val

float

The Optimum Diversity Space value in m. This is

defined on the Feeders subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

override
modulationtype

integer

overridexpifvalue

integer

linkend in the database.

radioequipkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

radio equipment with the linkend.

radmou

integer

Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB (1),

HotSB + Space div. (2), 1+1 (single ant.) (3), 1+1 (2
ant.) (4).

Stores a unique number identifying the object type for

development use only:
point to point linkend (521)
multi radio sub linkend (565)
dual polar sub linkend (567)
multi radio linkend (568)
dual polar linkend (570)

not null

If the suggested modulation type has been

overridden, this number is the primary key for the
chosen modulation type as defined in the modulation
type table.

This is defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend

Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
radthresh

integer

The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or the 2nd

(1) - defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

requiredavailability

The Required Availability percentage defined on the

Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.

requiredthroughput

float

rxattenuator

float(64)

not null

The Required Throughput value in Mbps defined on

the Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
331

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

rxbranchloss

float(64)

The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

rxlevel

float(64)

The Rx Level (in dBm) defined on the Link Budget

subtab of the Performance tab for a link in the Link
Database.

rxmiscloss

float(64)

The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

siteaddrkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the linkend with

a particular Property.

suggested
modulationtype

integer

not null

The primary key of the suggested modulation type

chosen by CONNECT. This references the
MODULATIONTYPE table.

txattenuator

float(64)

The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

txbranchloss

float(64)

The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

txmiscloss

float(64)

The Tx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

usedavailability

Stores the amount of capacity used on the carrier if it

is a part of a route.

usedcapacity

The amount of capacity used on the linkend,

calculated as Routed Traffic + Control Overhead (as
defined on the General>Type subtab for a linkend in
the Link Db).

usepdhsdh

Indicates whether the PDH option (1) or the SDH

option (0) is selected the Type subtab of the General
tab for a link in the Link Database.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + linkkey) references the LINK table

FK2 (projectno + siteaddrkey) references the SITEADDRESS table

Table RADIOAMCTHRESHOLD
This table shows the column list:

332

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

float

The ad value in the database for the associated

modulation type defined in the Signature Parameters
dialog box for the radio.

atpcrange

float

The ATPC range in dB for the associated modulation

type defined in the Modulation Parameters dialog box.

float

The bm value in dB in the database for the associated

modulation type defined in the Signature Parameters
dialog box for the radio.

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

bnm

float

The bnm value in dB in the database for the

type defined in the Modulation Parameters dialog box.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + radioequippk) references the RADIOEQUIP table

Table RADIOEQUIP
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

amctypes

varchar2(350)

Stores the types of AMC Modulation Schemes

available to this radio equipment, stored on the
Configuration tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.

approxselective

integer

Indicates whether the Approximation Method for

selective multipath fading option has been selected
(1) or not (0). This is defined on the Signature tab
of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

bitsperblock

integer

The number of bits per block defined on the Info

tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

blockspersecond

integer

The number of blocks per second defined on the

Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

float

The Bm value (in dB), defined on the Signature tab

of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

channelcapacityenum

integer

Channelcapacityenum is the enum (enumerated

value) that corresponds to a capacity type (such as
E1 or STM16). In the code each capacity type has
a corresponding numerical value (for example, the
label E1 corresponds to 1 and T1 to 6). These
values are stored in the database so if a link or
radio equipment is set to use T1 - it's database
entry will be 6. This can be translated back to T1.
This is used in conjunction with the noofchannels
parameter to specify the capacity for a Native TDM
or Hybrid IP and TDM link, and is defined on the
Type subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.

334

cost

float

The Unit cost, defined on the Costing tab of the

Radio Equipment dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

defined on the Frequency tab of the Radio
Equipment dialog box.

enableatpc

integer

Indicates whether the ATPC Capable option on the

Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box has
been selected (1) or not (0).

enablexpic

integer

Indicates whether the XPIC option on the Info tab

of the Radio Equipment dialog box has been
selected (1) or not (0).

equaliser

integer

Indicates whether the Equaliser Used option has

been selected (1) or not (0) for the Approximation
Method. This is defined on the Signature tab of the
Radio Equipment dialog box.

family

varchar2(64)

NOT USED.

fktb

float

The FKTB, defined on the Info tab of the Radio

Equipment dialog box.

framesize

float

The Frame Size (in ms) defined on the

Configuration tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.

freqband

float

The Frequency Band (in GHz), defined on the

Frequency tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

freqbw

float

The Radio Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined

on the Frequency tab of the Radio Equipment
dialog box.

idname

modifyuser

integer

modtypekey

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Stores a number identifying the Modulation Type
that has been selected on the Info tab of the Radio
Equipment dialog box.

335

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

modulation

varchar2(32)

Constraint Description
The capacity type of the radio. Defined on the
Configuration tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box. Possible values are:
E0,E1,E2,E3,E4,E5,t1,t2,t3,t4,J1,J2,J3,J4,J5,
STM0,STM1,STM4,STM16,STM64,STM256,
STS1,STS3,STS9,STS12,STS18,STS24,
STS36,STS48,STS192,STS768.

integer

Indicates whether the Override checkbox on the

Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box has
been selected (1) or not (0).

parentkey

integer

Indicates the folder in which the equipment is

stored, in the Radio Equipment dialog box.
40000 = All projects folder
40001 = First created project folder
40002 = Second created project folder, and so on.

permission

integer

NOT USED.

photofile

varchar2(128)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the

radio equipment, specified on the General tab of
the Radio Equipment dialog box.

projectno

integer

not null

Indicates the radio type defined on the General tab

of the Radio Equipment dialog box - Native TDM
(0), Native IP (1) or Hybrid IP and TDM (2).

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

Indicates whether the Protected option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Info
tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

radio equipment in the database.

337

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Name

DataType

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the weight associated with the radio

equipment.

wnm

float

The Wnm (in GHz), defined on the Signature tab of

the Radio Equipment dialog box.

Table RADIOMASK
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

attenvalue

float

masktype

number(38)

modifyuser

number(38)

offsetvalue

number(38)

not null

Primary key, The offset (in MHz) defined on the Tx

Spectrum tab or the Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio
Equipment dialog box.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

radioequippk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, indicating the radio equipment on which

the mask is set.

The attenuation (in dB) defined on the Tx Spectrum tab

or the Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
not null

Primary key, The mask type defined on the Tx

Spectrum tab or the Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio
Equipment dialog box. This can be receive (1) or
transmit (0).
Stores a number indicating the last user who made
changes to the table.

Foreign Keys:

338

FK1 (projectno + radioequippk) references the RADIOEQUIP table

CONNECT Database Tables

Table REFLECTOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

centreheight

float

The Passive Centre Height (in m), defined on the

Passive Repeater subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a PR link in the Link Database.

coords

mdsys.sdo_
geometry

Stores the coordinates, defined on the Passive

Repeater subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a PR
link in the Link Database.

coordtype

number

reflector PR in the database.

tilt

float

NOT USED.

width

float

The Width (in m), defined on the Passive Repeater

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a PR link in the
Link Database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + linkfk) references the LINK table

FK2 (projectno + prlinkendfk) references the PRLINKEND table

FK3 (projectno + prlinkfk) references the PRLLINK table

339

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table SECTORANTENNA
This table shows the column list:

340

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

antennaheight

float

The Height (in m), defined on the Antenna tab

for a sector in the Link Database.

coords

mdsys.sdo_geometry

Stores the coordinates of the sector, which are

defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the
Link Database.

coordtype

integer

Indicates whether the coordinates are stored as

a relative location (1) or an absolute location
(0). Defined on the Antenna A (or B) subtab of
the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.

dryradomeloss

float(64)

The Dry Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the

Antenna tab for a sector in the Link Database.

eirp

float(64)

Stores the EiRP for an antenna on a sector in

the Link Database.

idname

varchar2(32)

not null

The Antenna ID, defined on the Antenna tab for

a sector in the Link Database.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

mwantennakey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a

particular microwave antenna type with the
sector antenna. This is defined on the Antenna
tab for a sector in the Link Database.

overrideactelev

integer

Indicates whether the actual elevation option

has been selected (1) or not (0) for an antenna
on a link in the Link Database.

overrideantdir

integer

sector antenna in the database.

tilt

float

User defined value that provides a corrected

value for the tilting of the sector antennas. This
is purely an information field and is not used in
any calculations.

useractelev

float

Stores the user-defined actual elevation value.

userantdir

float

Stores the user-defined antenna direction

value.

wetradomeloss

float(64)

The Wet Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the

Antenna tab for a sector in the Link Database.

CONNECT Database Tables

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + pmpsectorkey) references the PMPSECTOR table

Table SHAREDLINKTEMPRANGE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

comments

varchar2(512)

projectno

number(38)

rangefrom

float

rangekey

number(38)

rangelinktype

number(3)

Indicates the link type for which the system range has
been created - PtP (0), PmP (1), Dual Polar (2), Multiradio (3)

rangeto

float

The to range (in km) for the system range, defined in

the Range Settings dialog box.

Optional comments for the system range, displayed in

the Range Settings dialog box.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
The from range (in km) for the system range, defined in
the Range Settings dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each system

range in a database.

Table SPLITTER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

createdate

date

NOT USED.

createuser

integer

NOT USED.

description

varchar2(128)

NOT USED.

idname

varchar2(128)

NOT USED.

loss

float

NOT USED.

manufacturer

varchar2(128)

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

NOT USED.

modifyuser

integer

NOT USED.

permission

integer

NOT USED.

photofile

varchar2(128)

NOT USED.

projectno

integer

NOT USED.

splitterkey

integer

NOT USED.

type

varchar2(128)

NOT USED.

usergroup

integer

NOT USED.

341

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table SPURLINK
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint Description

class

number(38)

Stores ITU Error Performance objects.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

error-performance

float

The A1, B or C parameter value, depending on whether

the connection is long haul, short haul or access.
This is used in the G.826 error performance calculations,
and the default = 0.

grade

number(38)

Stores grade information.

idname

varchar2(128)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

refspurlength

number(38)

Stores a chain's calculation parameter.

refspurlength-over

number(38)

Indicates whether a spurlink length has been exceeded.

0 = not exceeded and 1 = exceeded.

spurpk

number(38)

useitu_826

number(38)

Stores the ITU value, either G821(0), or ITU-R. P.1668-1

(1).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

not null

Lists the names given to each chain created within the

database.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Primary key uniquely identifying the chain.

Table SPURREF
This table shows the column list:

342

Name

DataType

Constraint Description

linkpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link in

the chain.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

spurpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each chain in

the database.

CONNECT Database Tables

Primary key, storing a unique number for each user

range in a database.

343

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

344

About Difference Tables

11 About Difference Tables

The difference tables (Diff tables) in the database store information about user-specific changes.
Diff tables contain all information that has been Applied but not yet Committed. These changes are
associated with the user who made them. Other users can see these changes by updating network
elements in the Site Database. For information on using Apply and Commit, see the ENTERPRISE
User Reference Guide.
Note the following points about Diff tables:

Fields starting with a d store the new information that has been Applied.

Fields that do not start with a d (preceding the field name) contain the original data, that is,
the last data that was Committed.
So, for example, these two fields exist in the DIFFMSC table:
o

didname (varchar2(32)) - Updated data entry to the table.

idname (varchar2(32)) - Original data entry to the table when the application was first
loaded or subsequent data is committed.

Values in original data fields and updated fields remain the same when any deletions or
additions to the database take place. If an update to the data is performed then the two
fields will differ in their contents.

Some difference fields will always remain the same as their counterparts, such as primary
key fields which are used to reference the associated data in the committed tables. Some
example of fields that remain the same are dcreatedate, dcreateuser, dprojectno,
dobjectkey and dsitekey.

Also present in each diff table is a field called diffstate. This specifies the change that has
occurred to any of the database tables and will be:
o

0 to indicate an addition of an object to the database

1 to indicate an update to the current data

2 to indicate a deletion

Permissions in Difference Tables

Some Diff tables contain a permission field.
This either:

Shows a three digit code providing the permissions for the user, the default group they
belongs to and all other users. For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 15.

Is blank and unused at present.

To see which of these is the case for a particular Diff table, view the counterpart table.

345

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

346

Database Changes Between ENTERPRISE Versions 8.1 and 9.0

12 Database Changes Between ENTERPRISE Versions

8.1 and 9.0
Between ENTERPRISE Versions 8.1 and 9.0:

The following tables have been added:

ENT_HOTFIXSCRIPT_DATA

GSMCARATTENUATION

LTEPREAMMAXCELLRANGE

LTERACHRSICFG

LTERSIINDICES

LTERSISCHEMA

The following tables have been dropped:

GSMBTSROUTE

TERMRATE

LOGUMTSCELLRATE

A number of tables have been modifed. For more information, see About the Database Tables
Modified for Version 9.0 on page 348.

Columns Dropped
These columns were dropped from these tables:
Table

Columns Dropped

ANTENNA

CREATEUSER, CREATEDATE, MODIFYDATE, PERMISSION,

USERGROUP

ANTENNAPORT

CREATEUSER, CREATEDATE, MODIFYDATE

GRIDCANDIDATES

IDNAME, CREATEUSER, CREATEDATE, MODIFYDATE

GRIDCONFIG

IDNAME, CREATEUSER, CREATEDATE, MODIFYDATE

GRIDCONFIGCELLS

USERGROUP
347

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table

user.

DEFAULT 0.0
CHANNELPROTECTIONUMTS

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
CHANNELPROTECTIONWIFI

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
DLNOISERISETERMLTE

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
DLNOISERISETERMUMTS

FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0

348

New field.

Database Changes Between ENTERPRISE Versions 8.1 and 9.0

Column

8.1

DLNOISERISETERMWIFI

9.0

Comments

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0

Table CONTACTPERSON
Column

8.1

CREATEUSER

9.0

Comments

INTEGER

New column for the create

user.

DEFAULT -1
INTEGER

MODIFYUSER

DEFAULT -1

New column for the modify

user.

9.0

Comments

Table COVSCHEMA
Column

8.1

SCHEMATYPE

CREATEUSE
R

Old column value migrated.

CREATEUSER

INTEGER

New column for the create

user.

MODIFYUSER

INTEGER

New column for the modify

user.

9.0

Comments

VARCHAR2(256
BYTE)

New field.

9.0

Comments

INTEGER

New column for the create

user.

Table ENT_ACTIVELOGON_DATA
Column

8.1

PROCESSNAME

Table EQUIPSUPPLIER
Column

8.1

CREATEUSER

DEFAULT -1
INTEGER

MODIFYUSER

DEFAULT -1

New column for the modify

user.

9.0

Comments

INTEGER

New column for the create

user.

Table FOLDERS
Column

8.1

CREATEUSER

PARENTTYPEFK

PARENTTECH

Column renamed, and

values remapped to
LOGNODETYPES

NBRTYPEFK

NBRTECH

Column renamed, and

values remapped to
LOGNODETYPES

Table GROUPCARRIER
Column

8.1

PATTERNKEY

9.0

Comments

INTEGER

New field.

9.0

Comments

Table LOGCELL
Column

8.1

INTEGER

CELLOVERRIDECOLORREF

DEFAULT -1
FLOAT

CSAREA

DEFAULT -1
FLOAT

CSRANGE

DEFAULT -1

New field.

Table LOGLTECELL
Column
ACTUAL_RANGE

8.1

9.0

Comments

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
ASSIGNED_FIRST_RSI

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 0
ASSIGNED_NUM_RSI

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 1
AUTO_UPDATE_PRE_FMT

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 0
DELAY_SPREAD

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
HIGH_SPEED_FLAG

NUMBER
DEFAULT 0

350

New field.

Database Changes Between ENTERPRISE Versions 8.1 and 9.0

Column

8.1

NUM_CYCLIC_SHIFT

9.0

Comments

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 2
PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 0
PRACH_FREQ_OFFSET

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 0
PREAMBLE_FORMAT

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 0
REQ_NUM_RSI

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 1
RSI_CALC_METHOD

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 1
SCHEMA_FK

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 1
ZERO_CORRLTN_ZONE

NUMBER

New field.

DEFAULT 0

Table LOGLTECELLCAR
Column

8.1

9.0

Comments

ADMIMOTHRESHENABLED

ADAPTIVE
MIMOTHRES
HENABLED

Column renamed.

ADMIMOTHRESHRSSNR

ADAPTIVE
MIMOTHRES
H

Column renamed.

ADMIMOTHRESHRSSINR

FLOAT

New field.

ADMIMOTHRESHULTRAFFICSINR

FLOAT

New field.

ADMIMOTHRESHDLTRAFFICSINR

FLOAT

New field.

CACELLIDENTITY

VARCHAR(128)

New field.

CELLCAENABLED

NUMBER

New field.

CHANNELPROTECTIONGSM

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
CHANNELPROTECTIONUMTS

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
CHANNELPROTECTIONWIFI

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
DLNOISERISETERMGSM

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
DLNOISERISETERMUMTS

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
DLNOISERISETERMWIFI

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
ENODEBCAENABLED

NUMBER

New field.
351

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Column

8.1

MUMIMOTHRESHRSSNR

MUMIMO
THRESH

9.0

Comments
Column renamed.

MUMIMOTHRESHRSSINR

FLOAT

New field.

MUMIMOTHRESHULTRAFFICSINR

FLOAT

New field.

MUMIMOTHRESHDLTRAFFICSINR

FLOAT

New field.

DL_MAX_MODULATION

Column renamed.

TTIBUNDLINGENABLED

NUMBER

New field.

ULNOISERISECELLTERMGSM

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
ULNOISERISECELLTERMUMTS

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
ULNOISERISECELLTERMWIFI

FLOAT

New field.

DEFAULT 0.0
USEMIMOTHRESHRSSNR

NUMBER

New field.

USEMIMOTHRESHRSSINR

NUMBER

New field.

USEMIMOTHRESHTRAFFICSINR

NUMBER

New field.

9.0

Comments

VARCHAR2
(256 BYTE)

New column for the

element type description.

9.0

Comments

Table LOGNODETYPE
Column

8.1

FULLDESCRIPTION

Table LOGUMTSCELLCAR
Column
CHANNELPROTECTIONGSM

CHANNELPROTECTIONLTE

CHANNELPROTECTIONWIFI
DLNOISERISETERMGSM
DLNOISERISETERMLTE

DLNOISERISETERMWIFI

ULNOISERISECELLTERMGSM

ULNOISERISECELLTERMLTE

ULNOISERISECELLTERMWIFI

352

8.1

FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

FLOAT DEFAULT
New field.
0.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

Database Changes Between ENTERPRISE Versions 8.1 and 9.0

Table PMPCARRIER
Column

8.1

PREDMODELKEY

9.0

Comments

INTEGER

New field.

Table RADIOAMCTHRESHOLD
Column

8.1

9.0

Comments

MAXIPCAPACITY

NUMBER

FLOAT

Data type changed.

8.1

9.0

Comments

INTEGER

New field.

Table RADIOEQUIP
Column
CHANNELCAPACITYENUM

Table TERMTYPE
Column

8.1

9.0
INTEGER

CARRIERS_LTE

DEFAULT 0
INTEGER DEFAULT
0

CARRIERS_WIFI

FLOAT

LTE_ANTENGAIN

DEFAULT 0
FLOAT

LTE_BODYLOSS

DEFAULT 0
FLOAT

LTE_DYNAMRANGE

DEFAULT 70
INTEGER

LTE_MAX_DL_CARRIERS

DEFAULT 1
INTEGER

LTE_MAX_UL_CARRIERS

DEFAULT 1
FLOAT

LTE_NOISEFIG

DEFAULT 0
FLOAT

LTE_REQRSRP

DEFAULT -122
INTEGER

LTE_SUPPORT

DEFAULT 0

Comments
New field.
New field.
New field.

New field.

New field.
New field.
LTE Carrier Aggregation
feature.
New field.
LTE Carrier Aggregation
feature.
New field.

New field.

REQD_RSRQ

DEFAULT -14 DEFAULT -18

Default value changed.

REQD_SINR

DEFAULT 200

Default value changed.

DEFAULT -15

353

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

Table TGCARRIER
Column

8.1

9.0
FLOAT

ATTENUATION_DL

DEFAULT 33.0
FLOAT

ATTENUATION_UL

DEFAULT 33.0

Comments
New field.

New field.

FREQ_HI_DL

FLOAT

New field.

FREQ_HI_UL

FLOAT

New field.

FREQ_LO_DL

FLOAT

New field.

FREQ_LO_UL

FLOAT

New field.

9.0

Comments

Table TGSERVICE
Column
BWALLOCATIONMODEUL

INTEGER
DEFAULT 0

New field.

CARRIERSLTE

INTEGER

New field.

CARRIERSUMTS

INTEGER

New field.

CARRIERSWIFI

INTEGER

New field.

CPLTE0..31

INTEGER

32 New fields.

CPUMTS0..31

INTEGER

32 New fields.

CPWIFI0..31

INTEGER

32 New fields.

DLGSMSERVICERATE

LOADBALANCING
LTETRAFFICCLS
TTIBUNDLINGDLENABLED

TTIBUNDLINGDLGAIN

TTIBUNDLINGDLOVERHEAD

TTIBUNDLINGULENABLED

TTIBUNDLINGULGAIN

TTIBUNDLINGULOVERHEAD

354

8.1

FLOAT
DEFAULT 12200
INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
INTEGER
INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0
INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

New field.
New field.
New field.

New field.

Database Changes Between ENTERPRISE Versions 8.1 and 9.0

Table WIFICARRIER
Column
ATTENUATION_DL

ATTENUATION_UL

8.1

9.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 33.0
FLOAT
DEFAULT 33.0

Comments
New field.

New field.

FREQ_HI_DL

FLOAT

New field.

FREQ_HI_UL

FLOAT

New field.

FREQ_LO_DL

FLOAT

New field.

FREQ_LO_UL

FLOAT

New field.

355

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

356

Index

13 Index
D
Database tables
ADVANTAGE 261
Environment set-up 17, 18, 19, 21
Equipment 21
Internal 22
Logical network 23, 24
Project 28
relationships 17
Databases
table relationships 17
tables 261, 345
Difference tables 345

F
Fields
tables 15, 61
Foreign keys, definition 15

P
Primary keys, definition 15

T
Table relationships
ADVANTAGE 29
CONNECT 30, 31
Environment set-up 17, 18, 19, 21
Equipment 21
Internal 22
Logical network 23, 24
Project 28
Tables
ADVANTAGE 261
CONNECT 30, 31
database 15, 345
relationships 17

V
Vectors
database tables 115, 116

357

ENTERPRISE 9.0 Database Reference Guide

358

Maximo User Guide Version 5.2
100% (17)
Maximo User Guide Version 5.2
432 pages
Simcenter T3STER Master 2301 Useref
No ratings yet
Simcenter T3STER Master 2301 Useref
138 pages
ASSET Design User Reference Guide
No ratings yet
ASSET Design User Reference Guide
210 pages
Administrator Command Reference Manual
100% (1)
Administrator Command Reference Manual
209 pages
Manual Power Designer PDF
100% (1)
Manual Power Designer PDF
765 pages
Power Designer Data Model
100% (1)
Power Designer Data Model
765 pages
AMOS Bs 8.6 Manual Rev2
100% (3)
AMOS Bs 8.6 Manual Rev2
573 pages
SMRT Link User Guide v11.0
No ratings yet
SMRT Link User Guide v11.0
142 pages
ChatGPT in Exploratory Data Analysis
No ratings yet
ChatGPT in Exploratory Data Analysis
6 pages
VIP-EXECUTIVE Reference Manual
No ratings yet
VIP-EXECUTIVE Reference Manual
671 pages
Maximo 5.2 User Guide
No ratings yet
Maximo 5.2 User Guide
404 pages
Catalogues and Specifications User Guide
100% (1)
Catalogues and Specifications User Guide
218 pages
ToadDataPoint 6.4 UserGuide
No ratings yet
ToadDataPoint 6.4 UserGuide
142 pages
M210785en-C Vaisala Hydromet Data Collection Platform User's Guide Vol 2
No ratings yet
M210785en-C Vaisala Hydromet Data Collection Platform User's Guide Vol 2
178 pages
API 577 Closed Books Questions Answers
100% (6)
API 577 Closed Books Questions Answers
3 pages
Database Reference Guide
No ratings yet
Database Reference Guide
358 pages
LTE in Bullets - Mobility Robustness Optimisation
No ratings yet
LTE in Bullets - Mobility Robustness Optimisation
3 pages
ASSET Design User Reference Guide
No ratings yet
ASSET Design User Reference Guide
165 pages
Manual AMOS M&P Vrs. 9.2 User Guide
No ratings yet
Manual AMOS M&P Vrs. 9.2 User Guide
174 pages
ADADB UserGuide
No ratings yet
ADADB UserGuide
358 pages
Guides Inspector User Reference Guide Helix 9.1
No ratings yet
Guides Inspector User Reference Guide Helix 9.1
526 pages
Rapidsql User Guide
No ratings yet
Rapidsql User Guide
961 pages
Controls Engineering in FRC
No ratings yet
Controls Engineering in FRC
352 pages
Tib BW Palette Reference
No ratings yet
Tib BW Palette Reference
822 pages
TD Connecting SQLWindows Objects To Databases
No ratings yet
TD Connecting SQLWindows Objects To Databases
145 pages
EDS Technical Reference Guide 10.0.2
No ratings yet
EDS Technical Reference Guide 10.0.2
110 pages
Database Management Reference Manual
No ratings yet
Database Management Reference Manual
251 pages
Parte 1
No ratings yet
Parte 1
64 pages
Wireshark Network Protocol Analyzer Guide
50% (2)
Wireshark Network Protocol Analyzer Guide
24 pages
Data Model Reference Manual
No ratings yet
Data Model Reference Manual
667 pages
Engine Diagrams Cummins
100% (3)
Engine Diagrams Cummins
34 pages
Admin Aveva Marine
No ratings yet
Admin Aveva Marine
209 pages
General Anisotropic Elasticity: Abstract This Chapter Is An Introduction To General Anisotropic Elasticity, I.E. To The
100% (1)
General Anisotropic Elasticity: Abstract This Chapter Is An Introduction To General Anisotropic Elasticity, I.E. To The
56 pages
Getting Started With PDMS PDF
No ratings yet
Getting Started With PDMS PDF
100 pages
EDS Technical Reference Guide 9.1
No ratings yet
EDS Technical Reference Guide 9.1
90 pages
SP1100 50HZ Perkins Generator
No ratings yet
SP1100 50HZ Perkins Generator
4 pages
DA 86 Gettingstarted
No ratings yet
DA 86 Gettingstarted
72 pages
Administrator Command Reference Manual
No ratings yet
Administrator Command Reference Manual
201 pages
Missel Product List GB 2017 02 Fire Protection PDF
No ratings yet
Missel Product List GB 2017 02 Fire Protection PDF
36 pages
TIBCO Designer - Adapter Schema Management Guide
No ratings yet
TIBCO Designer - Adapter Schema Management Guide
52 pages
DataBase - Management DataBase - Administration
No ratings yet
DataBase - Management DataBase - Administration
848 pages
ASSET Geo User Reference Guide
0% (1)
ASSET Geo User Reference Guide
14 pages
Engineering Base Administrators - Guide
No ratings yet
Engineering Base Administrators - Guide
72 pages
Reporting and Data Analysis With HP Openview Network Node Manager
No ratings yet
Reporting and Data Analysis With HP Openview Network Node Manager
244 pages
Directy
No ratings yet
Directy
1 page
Release Overview and Business Impacts
No ratings yet
Release Overview and Business Impacts
52 pages
Vip Exec
No ratings yet
Vip Exec
646 pages
Inverse of A Matrix
100% (1)
Inverse of A Matrix
71 pages
TIBCO Adapter Config
No ratings yet
TIBCO Adapter Config
350 pages
Preparation PLM 11
No ratings yet
Preparation PLM 11
18 pages
Database Management Reference Manual
No ratings yet
Database Management Reference Manual
196 pages
DOC
No ratings yet
DOC
114 pages
Getting Started With PDMS
No ratings yet
Getting Started With PDMS
114 pages
Chemistry Concepts for Students
No ratings yet
Chemistry Concepts for Students
2 pages
0029200000000ma02 2-0 Dbm-Um
No ratings yet
0029200000000ma02 2-0 Dbm-Um
200 pages
Performance Measurament
No ratings yet
Performance Measurament
42 pages
Oct-2023 Tybsc Cs 363 Web Technologies II
No ratings yet
Oct-2023 Tybsc Cs 363 Web Technologies II
2 pages
Tib Adadb Concepts
No ratings yet
Tib Adadb Concepts
66 pages
Database Management Reference Manual
No ratings yet
Database Management Reference Manual
196 pages
InsideEA Sample
No ratings yet
InsideEA Sample
34 pages
Database Link User Guide
No ratings yet
Database Link User Guide
122 pages
CODESOFT 9 Tutorial (PDFDrive)
No ratings yet
CODESOFT 9 Tutorial (PDFDrive)
40 pages
Software Engineering Day 1 Overview
100% (2)
Software Engineering Day 1 Overview
185 pages
Excell Sheet Introduction
No ratings yet
Excell Sheet Introduction
10 pages
Elcomaster Data Management Software Instruction Manual PDF
No ratings yet
Elcomaster Data Management Software Instruction Manual PDF
61 pages
Final Project Report On Formulation of A Pesticide (LUBWAMA KENNETH)
No ratings yet
Final Project Report On Formulation of A Pesticide (LUBWAMA KENNETH)
39 pages
Mclaren Enterprise Engineer: Mclarensoftware
No ratings yet
Mclaren Enterprise Engineer: Mclarensoftware
13 pages
Diagrams User Guide 12.0
No ratings yet
Diagrams User Guide 12.0
260 pages
Building BacNet-2.50 & Up - User Guide
No ratings yet
Building BacNet-2.50 & Up - User Guide
118 pages
Tib Adadb Installation
No ratings yet
Tib Adadb Installation
62 pages
Lecture 1 1
No ratings yet
Lecture 1 1
26 pages
Cell Update FACH State Transfer 1205
100% (2)
Cell Update FACH State Transfer 1205
27 pages
General Application
No ratings yet
General Application
112 pages
Wire Shark
No ratings yet
Wire Shark
28 pages
Reg Pop Density
No ratings yet
Reg Pop Density
1 page
MIPT3G v1C
0% (1)
MIPT3G v1C
25 pages
TIBCO Adapter Installation
No ratings yet
TIBCO Adapter Installation
62 pages
Monitor Reference Manual
No ratings yet
Monitor Reference Manual
46 pages
JDBC
No ratings yet
JDBC
8 pages
Midpalatal Miniscrew Insertion The Accuracy of Di
No ratings yet
Midpalatal Miniscrew Insertion The Accuracy of Di
7 pages
TTH Module 1
No ratings yet
TTH Module 1
4 pages
Mysql Assignment 1
No ratings yet
Mysql Assignment 1
2 pages
Edexcel IGCSE Chemistry 4CH0 Section B7
No ratings yet
Edexcel IGCSE Chemistry 4CH0 Section B7
2 pages
Creative Problem
No ratings yet
Creative Problem
33 pages
Instruction Manual FOR New Mather Metals, Inc.: Ajax TOCCO Magnethermic Corporation
100% (1)
Instruction Manual FOR New Mather Metals, Inc.: Ajax TOCCO Magnethermic Corporation
289 pages
Quickassist Adapter 8950 Brief
No ratings yet
Quickassist Adapter 8950 Brief
3 pages
Transformer Test Report
No ratings yet
Transformer Test Report
17 pages
2024 Spring Project
No ratings yet
2024 Spring Project
7 pages
Common SQL Errors & Solutions Guide
No ratings yet
Common SQL Errors & Solutions Guide
13 pages
Date Palm Pest Management Guide
No ratings yet
Date Palm Pest Management Guide
234 pages
Network Optimization Checklist
No ratings yet
Network Optimization Checklist
6 pages
JavaScript Global Object and Promise Polyfills
No ratings yet
JavaScript Global Object and Promise Polyfills
88 pages
AAMRA
100% (1)
AAMRA
50 pages